Skip to main content

Full text of "Bulletin of Armstrong State College"

yi 



Armstrong 

TATE tOLLECiE 




Catalogue: 1972 - 1973 



Bulletin of 

ARMSTRONG 
STATE COLLEGE 

Savannah, Georgia 

A Four- Year College in the 
University System of Georgia 




MMER FALL WINTER SPRING 

1 972 - 1 973 

lume XXXVII Number 12 



Membership in 

Southern Association of Colleges and Schools 
Association of Georgia Colleges 

American Association for Colleges of 
Teacher Education 



1972 CALENDAR 1972 




JANUARY 




MAY 




SEPTEMBER 


S M T W T F S 

1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 

30 31 


S M 
1 
7 8 
14 15 
21 22 
28 29 


T A T F S 
2 3 4 5 6 
9 10 11 12 13 

16 17 18 19 20 

23 24 25 26 27 

30 31 


S M T A T F S 
1 2 
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 


FEBRUARY 




-.NE 




OCTOBER 


S M T W T F S 
12 3 4 5 
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 


S M 


T A T F 


S 


S M T A T F S 


1 2 3 

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 

25 26 27 28 29 30 


12 3 4 5 6 7 

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 

22 23 24 25 26 27 28 

29 30 31 


MARCH 




JULY 




NOVEMBER 


S M T A T F S 
12 3 4 
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 
26 27 28 29 30 31 


S M 

2 3 

9 10 

16 17 

23 24 

30 31 


T A T F 

4 5 6 7 
11 12 13 14 
18 19 20 21 
25 26 27 28 


S 
1 

8 
15 
22 
29 


S M T A T F S 
12 3 4 
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 
26 27 28 29 30 


APRIL 




AUGUST 




DECEMBER 


S M T W T F S 

1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 

30 


S M 

6 7 
13 14 
20 21 
27 28 


T A T F 
12 3 4 
8 9 10 11 
15 16 17 18 
22 23 24 25 
29 30 31 


S 

5 

12 

19 

26 


S M T A T F S 
1 2 
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
31 


1973 CALENDAR 1973 




JANUARY 




MAY 




SEPTEMBER 


S M T W T F S 
12 3 4 5 6 
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 
28 29 30 31 


S M 

6 7 
13 14 
20 21 
27 28 


T A T F S 
12 3 4 5 
8 9 10 11 12 
15 16 17 18 19 
22 23 24 2§ 26 
29 30 31 


S M T w T F S 

1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 

30 


FEBRUARY 




JUNE 




: :-: = e = 


S M T A T F S 
1 2 3 
-l 5 6 7 8 9 10 
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
25 26 27 28 


S M 

3 4 
10 11 
17 18 
24 25 


T A T F 

1 

5 6 7 8 

12 13 14 15 

19 20 21 22 

26 27 28 29 


S 
2 
9 

16 
23 
30 


S M T A T F S 
12 3 4 5 6 
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 
28 29 30 31 


MARCH 




JULY 




NOVEMBER 


S M T A T F S 
1 2 3 
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


S M T y. T F 
12 3^56 
8 9 10 11 12 13 

15 16 l? 18 19 20 

29 30 31 


S 
f 

14 
21 
28 


S M T W T F S 

i : 3 

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
25 26 27 28 29 30 


APRIL 




AUGUST 




DECEMBER 


S M T W T F S 
12 3 4 5 6^ 
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 

22 23 24 25 26 27 28 

29 30 


S M T A T F S 
12 3 4 
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 
26 27 28 29 30 31 


S M T A T F S 

1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 

30 31 



CONTENTS 

halendar 6 

i governing board, administration & faculty 10 

Members of the Board of Regents 
Staff of the Board of Regents 

(Officers of Administration 
Heads of Departments 
Administrative Staff 
The Faculty 
Armstrong College Commission 

I. HISTORY, PURPOSE AND PROGRAMS 25 

History of the College 

Purpose 

Graduate Program 

Four-Year Degrees 

Two-Year Degrees 

Pre-Professional Programs 

Office of Community Services 

Office of Institutional Research 

Office of Computer Services 

Evening Classes 

Academic Skills Laboratory 

Student Exchange Program with Savannah State College 

NROTC Program 

Library 

II. ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE 31 
General Information 

Requirements for Freshman Applicants 

Advanced Placement 

Quarter-On-Trial 

Requirements for Transfer Applicants 

Continuing Education Students 

Readmission of Former Students 

Transient Students 

Joint Enrollment Program 

Armstrong State College/High School Accelerated Program 

Foreign Students 

Admission of Veterans 

Applicants Sponsored by Vocational Rehabilitation 

Financial Aid 

Registration and Orientation 

Residency Requirements of the Board of Regents 

Admission to: 
Associate in Arts Degree Program in Nursing 
Associate in Science Degree Program in Dental Hygiene 

Admission to the Graduate Program 

3 



IV. FEES 
Application Fee 
Matriculation Fee 
Out of State Tuition 
Student Activity Fee 
Late Registration Fee 
Change of Schedule Fee 
Graduation Fee 
Transcript Fee 
Music Fees 
Make-up Test Fee 
Short Courses 
Summary of Fees 
Privilege Fees 
Refunds 

V. FINANCIAL AIDS 

Financial Aids 

Financial Aid Planning and Priority Schedule 

Scholarships 

State Financial Aid Programs 

Federal Financial Aid Programs 

Other Sources of Financial Aid at Armstrong State Collej 

VI. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 
Academic Advisement 
Relating to Degree Requirements 
Course and Study Load 
Classification of Students 

Permission for Overload or Courses at Another College 
Reports and Grades 
Honors 
Attendance 

Physical Education Program 
Academic Probation and Dismissal 
Repeating Courses 
Dropping Courses 
Withdrawing from College 
Auditing 

Rising Junior Testing Program 
Honor Code 
Graduate Program Regulations 

VII. STUDENT SERVICES, ACTIVITIES 
Academic Advisement 
Counseling Services 
Orientation 
Placement Office 
Conduct 
Student Activities and Organizations 

4 



Student Government 

Student Publications 

Health 

Dental Hygiene Services 

Alumni Office 

Housing 

Athletics 

Intramurals 

Cultural Opportunities 

VIII. DEGREE PROGRAMS 81 

I University System Core Curriculum 
Armstrong Core Curriculum 
Diagnostic Test in English and Mathematics 
State Requirements in History and Government 
Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts and 

the Bachelor of Science Degrees 
Teacher Education Programs 
Bachelor of Business Administration 
Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology 
Bachelor of Arts in Social Welfare 

Bachelor of Science in Education (Mathematics and Physical 
Education) 

Bachelor of Music Education 
Nursing 
Dental Hygiene 
Criminal Justice 
Mental Health Work 
Associate in Arts 

Complete List of Major Programs-Four Year 
and Two Year Degrees 

X DEPARTMENTAL COURSE OFFERINGS AND 111 

REQUIREMENTS FOR MAJORS 
Department of Allied Health Services 
Department of Biology 
Department of Business Administration 
Department of Chemistry and Physics 
Department of Criminal Justice 
Department of Education 

Department of English, Speech and Philosophy 
Department of Fine Arts 
Department of Foreign Languages 

(Department of History and Political Science 
Department of Mathematics 
Department of Physical Education 
Department of Psychology and Sociology 

NDEX 196 



ACADEMIC CALENDAR 
1972-1973 



SUMMER QUARTER, 1972 



May 



June 



July 



August 



19. 



2. 



12. 
13. 
14. 
15. 
24. 

3. 

4. 

10. 

17-21. 

7. 

8. 

9-11. 

11. 



Freshman and transfer students should file a 

papers required in the application fo 

admission by this date. 

Transient students (for Summer Quarter onlj 

should file all papers required in the aj 

plication for admission by this date. 

Registration. 

Classes begin. 

Last day to register for credit. 

Last day to enroll in any class. 

History and Government Examinations (aj 

plication deadline, May 24). 

Diagnostic examinations for placement i 

beginning English and Mathematics classes. 

Holiday. 

Mid-term reports due. 

Pre-advisement for the Fall Quarter. 

Last day of classes. 

Reading day. 

Examinations. 

Graduation. 



September 1. 



14. 

18-20. 

20. 

21,22. 

25. 

26. 

27. 

October 14. 

23. 

27. 



ac 



an 



FALL QUARTER, 1972 

Freshman and transfer students should file a 

papers required in the application for 

mission by this date. 

First Faculty Meeting. 

Orientation. 

Advisement of sophomores, juniors, 

seniors. 

Registration. 

Classes begin. 

Last day to register for credit. 

Last day to enroll in any class. 

History and Government Examinations (aj 

plication deadline, September 14). 

Diagnostic examinations for placement i 

beginning English and Mathematics classes. 

Mid-term reports due. 



6-10. Pre-advisement for the Winter Quarter. 

23,24. Thanksgiving Holidays (Begin at 12:30 P.M. on 
November 22). 

1. Last day of classes. 
4. Reading day. 

5-7. Examinations. 

8. Christmas vacation begins. 

WINTER QUARTER, 1973 

13. Freshman and transfer students should file all 
papers required in the application for ad- 
mission by this date. 

2. Registration. 

3. Classes begin. 

4. Last day to register for credit. 

5. Last day to enroll in any class. 

20. History and Government Examinations (ap- 
plication deadline, December 20). 

29. Diagnostic examinations for placement in 
beginning English and Mathematics classes. 

6. Mid-term reports due. 

12-16. Pre-advisement for the Spring Quarter. 

9. Last day of classes. 
12. Reading day. 

13-15. Examinations. 
16. Spring recess. 



23. 

25. 
May 7-11. 

28. 

29. 
May-June 30-31,1. 
June 1. 



SPRING QUARTER, 1973 

2. Freshman and transfer students should file all 
papers required in the application for ad- 
mission by this date. 

22. Registration. 

23. Classes begin. 

26. Last day to register for credit. 

27. Last day to enroll in any class. 

14. History and Government Examinations (ap- 
plication deadline, March 14). 
Diagnostic examinations for placement in 
beginning English and Mathematics classes. 
Mid-term reports due. 
Pre-advisement for the Summer Quarter. 
Last day of classes. 
Reading day. 
Examinations. 
Graduation. 



SUMMER QUARTER, 1973 



May 
June 



July 



August 



18. 



1. 



11. 
12. 
13. 
14. 
23. 



4. 

9. 

16-20. 

6. 

7. 

8-10. 

10. 



Freshman and transfer students should file all 
papers required in the application for ad- 
mission by this date. 

Transient students (for Summer Quarter only) 
should file all papers required in the ap- 
plication for admission by this date. 
Registration. 
Classes begin. 

Last day to register for credit. 
Last day to enroll in any class. 
History and Government Examinations (ap- 
plication deadline, May 23). 
Diagnostic examinations for placement in 
beginning English and Mathematics classes. 
Holiday. 

Mid-term reports due. 
Pre-advisement for the Fall Quarter. 
Last day of classes. 
Reading day. 
Examinations. 
Graduation. 



FALL QUARTER, 1973 

September 3. Freshman and transfer students should file al! 

papers required in the application for ad- 
mission by this date. 
14. First Faculty Meeting. 
17-19. Orientation. 

19. Advisement of sophomores, juniors, anc 
seniors. 
20,21. Registration. 

24. Classes begin. 

25. Last day to register for credit. 

26. Last day to enroll in any class. 
October 13. History and Government examinations (ap 

plication deadline, September 13). 
22. Diagnostic examinations for placement lr 
beginning English and Mathematics classes. 
26. Mid-term reports due. 
November 5-9. Pre-advisement for the Winter Quarter. 

22,23. Thanksgiving Holidays (Begin at 12:30 P.M. or 
November 22). 



8 



December 



3. Last day of classes. 

4. Reading day. 
5-7. Examinations. 

10. Christmas vacation begins. 



Armstrong State College is committed to the offering of equal 
educational opportunity to all students regardless of race, creed, or 
nationality. 




I. Governing Board, 
Administration, and Faculty 

MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF REGENTS 

W. LEE BURGE, Chairman Atlanta 

WILLIAM S. MORRIS, III, Vice Chairman Augusta 

PHILIP H. ALSTON, JR Atlanta 

JOHN A. BELL, JR Dublin 

JAMES V. CARMICHAEL Marietta 

G. L. DICKENS, JR Milledgeville 

JAMES A. DUNLAP Gainesville 

CHARLES A. HARRIS Ocilla 

ROY V. HARRIS Augusta 

MRS. HUGH PETERSON, SR Ailey 

JOHN R. RICHARDSON Conyers 

JOHN I. SPOONER Donalsonville 

T. HIRAM STANLEY Columbus 

DAVID H. TISINGER Carrollton 

CAREY WILLIAMS Greensboro 



STAFF OF THE BOARD OF REGENTS 

GEORGE L. SIMPSON, JR Chancellor 

JOHN 0. EIDSON Vice Chancellor 

HENRY G. NEAL Executive Secretary 

SHEALY E. McCOY Vice Chancellor- Fiscal 

Affairs and Treasurer 
JAMES E. BOYD Vice Chancellor- 
Academic Development 

FRANK C. DUNHAM Vice Chancellor-Construction 

and Physical Plant 

MARIO J. GOGLIA Vice Chancellor-Research 

HOWARD JORDAN, JR Vice Chancellor- Services 

HARRY B. O'REAR Vice Chancellor-Health Affairs 

JAMES L. CARMON Assistant Vice Chancellor- 
Computing Systems 

HASKIN R. POUNDS Assistant Vice Chancellor 

ROBERT M. JOINER Director of Public Affairs 

C. C. MURRAY Director, Interinstitutional 

Programs in International Affairs 
MRS. HUBERT L. HARRIS Associate Executive Secretary 



10 






OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION 

HENRY L. ASHMORE President 

H. DEAN PROPST Dean of the College 

JOSEPH V. ADAMS Dean of Student Affairs 

DONALD D. ANDERSON Dean of Community Services 

JULE R. STANFIELD Comptroller 

JAMES A. EATON Associate Dean for Graduate Studies 

ARTHUR 0. PROSSER Associate Comptroller 

GEORGE S. HUNNICUTT Registrar 

PARKER F. DAVIS Director of Admissions 

JOSEPH A. BUCK Director of Student Activities 

LYNN BENSON Counselor and Psychometrist 

WOODROW GRIFFIN, JR Director of Financial Aid 

JAMES MAJORS Director of Public Information 

JAMES 0. BAKER Director of Institutional Research 

JACK H. PADGETT Director of Campus Services 

STANLEY WARREN Systems Analyst 



HEADS OF DEPARTMENTS 

LESLIE B. DAVENPORT, JR Biology 

ORANGE W. HALL Business Administration 

FRET WELL G. CRIDER Chemistry and Physics 

JAMES W. WITT Criminal Justice 

ROBERT I. PHILLIPS Dental Hygiene 

WILLIAM W. STOKES Education 

HUGH PENDEXTER, III English, Speech, and Philosophy 

J. HARRY PERSSE Fine Arts 

WILLIAM L. EASTERLING Foreign Languages 

ROGER K. WARLICK History and Political Science 

REGINA YOAST Librarian 

RICHARD M. SUMMERVILLE Mathematics 

ROSE MARIE BLASE Nursing 

ROY J. SIMS Physical Education 

CLARKE S. WORTHINGTON Psychology and Sociology 



ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 

Mrs. Mary H. Lynah Secretary to the President 

Mrs. Elizabeth H. Carter Secretary to the Dean of the College 

Mrs. Sandra G. Haas Administrative Assistant to the Dean 

of Student Affairs 
Mrs. Harriet Charlotte. ..Secretary to the Dean of Student Affairs 
Miss Marjorie A. Mosely Alumni Secretary 






11 



Mrs. Doris Cole Secretary to the 

Director of Student Activities 

Mrs. Ann F. Singleton Secretary to the Registrar 

Mrs. Joyce Weldy Secretary to the Registrar for Records 

Mrs. Dora K. Storey Secretary -Transcript Credit Analyst 

Mrs. Harriet Karlin Secretary, Admissions 

Mrs. Bertis Jones IBM Operator 

Mrs. Vicki W. Akins IBM Operator 

Mrs. Donna Hardie Secretary to the 

Dean of Community Services 

Mrs. Naomi Lantz Secretary to the Director of 

Institutional Research and to the 

Associate Dean for Graduate Studies 

Mrs. Eugenia Edwards . Head, Circulation Department, Library 

Mrs. Edith J. Meyer Circulation Assistant, Library 

Mrs. Susie S. Chirbas Catalog Assistant, Library 

Mrs. Patricia Adler Catalog Assistant, Library 

Mrs. Hazel P. Thompson Serials Assistant, Library 

Mrs. Beatrice Yaylor Acquisitions Assistant, Library 

Mrs. Mae C. Rushing Secretary to the Head Librarian 

Mrs. Catherine P. Butler Chief Accountant 

Mrs. Mary M. Shearouse Clerk 

Mrs. Launa Q. Johns Secretary to the Comptroller 

Mrs. Rosemary Anglin Bookkeeper 

Mrs. Jane Holland Cashier 

Mrs. Evelyn Harrington Secretary to the Departments of History 
and Political Science and Psychology and Sociology 

Mrs. Rebecka Patillo Secretary to the Departments of 

Mathematics and Psychology and Sociology 
Mrs. Frances McGlohon, Secretary to the Department of Education 

Mrs. Virginia D. Wilcox Administrative Assistant, 

Allied Health Services 

Mrs. Virginia D. Barry Secretary to the 

Department of English and Speech 

Mrs. Jane S. Werth Secretary to the Departments of 

Fine Arts and Foreign Languages 

Mrs. Linda H. Powell Secretary to the Department of Biology 

Mrs. Maude E. Smith Secretary to the Department of 

Business Administration 

Mrs. Elizabeth P. Molpus Secretary to the Departments of 

Criminal Justice and Chemistry and Physics 
Mrs. Elizabeth Wallace Secretary to the Department of 

Physical Education 
Mrs. Betty Hunnicutt Secretary to the Director of 

Public Information 
Mrs. Faye A. Pingel Secretary, Academic Skills Laboratory 

12 



Richard F. Baker Superintendent. Buildings and (Grounds 

Edward Urbanz Assistant Superintendent, 

Buildings and Grounds 

Mrs. Collette Y. Manes Secretary, Buildings and Grounds 

Thomas Nease Manager, Student Center 

Miss Elizabeth Pound Manager, Book Store 

Mrs. Jo Weeks Campus Nurse 

Mrs. Nancy D. Skinner Receptionist, PBX Operator 

Mrs. Sandra Gail Andrews Offset Press Operator 

Augustus M. Stalnaker Supervisor of Mail 



THE FACULTY 

JOSEPH V. ADAMS, B. A., Tennessee Temple College; M. A., Baylor 
University; Ph. D., University of Alabama 

Dean of Student Affairs 

Professor of Psychology 

BILL E. ALEXANDER, A. B., Morris Harvey College; M. E., Georgia 
Southern College 

Athletic Director and 
Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

JOSEPHINE D. ALEXANDER, B.S., M.S.T., Georgia Southern 
College 

Temporary Instructor in Business Administration 

MAMES E. AMBROSE, B.M., Oberlin Conservatory; M.M., Univer- 
sity of South Florida 

Instructor in Music 

M. LORRAINE ANCHORS, A.B., M.A., Baylor University 

Professor of English 

DONALD D. ANDERSON, B.S., Georgia Southern College; M.A., 
Peabody College; Ed. D., Auburn University 

Dean for Community Services 
Associate Professor of Education 

HENRY L. ASHMORE, B.A.E., M.A.E., D. ED., University of 
Florida 

President 

♦ARDELLA PATRICIA BALL, A.B., Fisk University; M.S.L.S., 
Atlanta University 

Cataloger 
Assistant Professor of Library Science 

13 



GEORGE H. BEDWELL, B.S., Sanford University; M.A., University 
of Alabama 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

W. ORSON BEECHER, A.B., M.A., Emory University; M.A., Univer- 
sity of Georgia 

Professor of History 

DOROTHY G. BELL, B.S.N.ED., University of Georgia; M.N., 
Emory University 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

ALEX D. BELTZ, B.A., M.A., Walla Walla College; B.A. of Ed., 
Western Washington State; Ph.D., Michigan State University 
Associate Professor of Biology 

LYNN BENSON, A.B., M. Ed., University of Georgia 
Counselor and Psychometrist 

SARVAN K. BHATIA, B.A., M.A., Punjah University; Ph.D., Ohio 
State University 

Professor of Economics 

JOSEPH D. BLALOCK, B.S., Armstrong State College 
Teaching Associate in Mathematics 

ROSE MARIE BLASE, B.S. in Nursing, Mt. St. Agnes College; M.S., 
University of Maryland 

Acting Director, Nursing Program 
Assistant Professor of Nursing 

MADALINE P. BONEY, A.B., Winthrop College; M. Ed., Georgia 
Southern College 

Assistant Professor of History 

JOHN G. BREWER, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia 
Associate Professor of Chemistry 

GLENN F. BRIERCHECK, B.S., M.A., University of Connecticut 
Assistant Professor of Economics 

S. KENT BROOKS, B.A., M.A, University of Texas 
Assistant Professor of English 

MOONYEAN S. BROWER, B.S., M.A., University of Massachusetts 
Assistant Professor of Biology 

'ELLISON L. BROWN, A.B., Berea College; B.S.L.S., George 
Peabody College; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan 

Head Cataloger 
Assistant Professor of Library Science 

14 



HUGH R. BROWN, B.S., Xavier University; M.A.T., St. Michael's 
College 

Assistant Professor of English 

♦RALEIGH A. BRYANT, JR., A.B., Morehouse College; M.A., New 
York University 

Instructor in Psychology 

"JOSEPH A. BUCK, B.A., Auburn University; M.S., Florida State 
University 

Director of Student Activities 

ROBYN C. BUIE, B.A., Armstrong State College 
Instructor in Mental Health Work 

♦RUTH BURCH, B.S., M. Ed., Georgia Southern College 
Instructor in Psychology 

THOMAS C. BURNS, B.A., Emory University 

Assistant Professor of Psychology 

♦JAMES WALTER CARTER, A.B., M.A., University of Florida 
Instructor in English and Applied Music (Organ) 

ROSS L. CLARK, B.A., Ph.D., Tulane University 

Associate Professor of Political Science 

♦MARGARET MCDERMOTT CLIETT, B.S., Marywood College 
Instructor in Nutrition 

BERNARD J. COMASKEY, B.A., Fordham College; M.A., New York 
University 

Assistant Professor of History 

TERESA ANN COURSEY, B.S., West Liberty State College 
Instructor in Dental Hygiene 

WILLIAM E. COYLE, A.B., Emory University; M.A., Georgetown 
University; Ph.D., Florida State University 

Professor of Political Science 

♦DOROTHY A. CRAWFORD, B.A., Prairie View College; M. Ed., 
Georgia Southern College 

Instructor in Psychology 

FRETWELL G. CRIDER, B.S., Ph.D., University of North Carolina 

Head, Department of Chemistry and Physics 

Professor of Chemistry 

LESLIE B. DAVENPORT, JR., B.S, College of Charleston; M.S., 
Virginia Polytechnic Institute; Ph.D., University of Georgia 
Head, Department of Biology 
Professor of Biology 

15 



*LAMAR W. DAVIS, B.S., M.S., University of South Carolina; Cer- 
tified Public Accountant 

Professor of Business Administration 

WILLIAM R. DeCASTRO, B.S., Florida Southern College; M.B.A., 
University of Oklahoma 

Assistant Professor of Business Administration 

MARY E. DELEGAL, A.B., Duke University; M.L.S., Columbia 
University 

Acquisitions and Serials Librarian 
Assistant Professor of Library Science 

♦ELIZABETH A. DENHAM, A.B., Vanderbilt University; M.S.S.W., 
University of Tennessee 

Instructor in Social Work 

WILLIAM KEITH DOUGLASS, B.A., Franklin and Marshall 
College; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University 

Assistant Professor of Psychology 

JOHN DONALD DUNCAN, B.S., College of Charleston; M.A., 
University of South Carolina; Ph.D., Emory University 
Associate Professor of History 

THOMAS R. EASON, B.S., Union University; M.B.A., Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of Mississippi 

Professor of Economics 

WILLIAM L. EASTERLING, B.S., Western Carolina College; M.A., 
Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Georgia; Diploma, Sor- 
bonne, France 

Head, Department of Foreign Languages 
Professor of French and Spanish 

JAMES A. EATON, A.B., Virginia State College; B.D., Howard 

University; M.A., Boston University; Ed.D., Columbia University 

Associate Dean for Graduate Studies 

JOHN FINDEIS, B.S., M.S., University of Illinois 
Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

*JULIAN R. FRIEDMAN, B.A., Emory University; LL.B., Univer- 
sity of Georgia; LL.M., New York University 

Instructor in Business Administration 

*BILLY V. GALLIHER, B.S., East Tennessee State University; 
M.S.W., University of Georgia 

Instructor in Social Work 

WOODROW W. GRIFFIN, JR., B.S., Armstrong State College 
Director, Financial Aid 

16 



R. WAYNE GRIFFITHS, B.S., Brigham Young University; Ed.M., 
Oregon State University; M.S., Brigham Young University 
A88l8tani Professor of Sociology 

SANDRA L. GROOVER, B.S., University of Louisville 
Instructor in Dental Hygiene 

JIMMIE F. GROSS, B.A., Baylor University; B.D., Southern Baptist 

Seminary; M.A., Auburn University; Ph.D., University of Georgia 

Associate Professor of History 

LAURENT J. GUILLOU, JR., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Louisiana State 
University 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

ORANGE W. HALL, B.S., Air Force Institute of Technology; M.B.A., 
Hofstra College; Ph.D., University of Florida 

Head, Department of Business Administration 
Professor of Business Administration 

JOHN R. HANSEN, B.S., Troy State College; M.Ed., University of 
Georgia 

Acting Director, Academic Skills Laboratory 
Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

HENRY E. HARRIS, B.S., Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology 
Associate Professor of Chemistry 

KARL D. HARRIS, B.A., Carson Newman College; M.A., University 
of Tennessee 

Assistant Professor of English 
and Reading 

RICHARD HAUNTON, A.B., A.M., Indiana University; Ph.D., 
Emory University 

Professor of History 

*TED HENKLE, Diploma, Julliard School of Music 
Instructor in Applied Music (Violin) 

WILLIAM L. HIGHTOWER, B.A., Kalamazoo College; M.S., 
Michigan State University; Ph.D., Michigan State University 
Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

JOHN S. HINKEL, M.S., University of Florida; Ph.D., University of 
South Carolina 

Associate Professor of Mathematics 

♦BERNARD A. HIRSHBERG, A.B., A.M., University of Michigan 
Instructor in Anthropology 

17 



ANNE L. HUDSON, B.A., Hollins College; M.S., Ph.D., Tulane 
University 

Associate Professor of Mathematics 

♦ALPHIA MILLS HUGHES, B.S.E., Arkansas State Teachers 
College; M.S., Louisiana State University 

Cataloger 
Assistant Professor of Library Science 

GEORGE S. HUNNICUTT, B.S., M.S., East Tennessee State Univer- 
sity 

Registrar 

MARVIN V. JENKINS, B.S., M.A., University of Georgia 
Assistant Professor of English 

ROBERT E. JENSEN, B.A., Atlantic Christian College; M.B.A., 
East Carolina University 

Assistant Professor of Business Administration 

JAMES LAND JONES, B.A., University of Tulsa; M.A., Vanderbilt 
University; Ph.D., Tulane University 

Associate Professor of English 

***OTIS S. JOHNSON, A.B., University of Georgia; M.S.W., Atlanta 
University 

Assistant Professor of Sociology 
Savannah State College 

CAROLA W. KELLER, B.S.N., University of Virginia 

Instructor in Nursing 

JOSEPH I. KILLORIN, A.B., St. John's College; M.A., Ph.D., Colum- 
bia University 

Callaway Professor of Literature and Philosophy 



THOMAS M. KINDER, A.B., Morris Harvey College; M.S., Marshal 
University 

Assistant Athletic Director 
Assistant Professor of Physical Education 






MICHAEL A. LaBURTIS, B.B.A., University of Cincinnati; M.B.A. 
Bowling Green State University 

Assistant Professor of Business Administration 

JOSEPH M. LANE, JR., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia 
Assistant Professor of Psychology 

OSMOS LANIER, JR., B.A., LaGrange College; M.A., Auburr 
University; Ph.D., University of Georgia 

Associate Professor of History 

18 



fcHARLES T. LAWSON, B.M.E., M.M.E., Butler University; Ph.D. 

Florida State University 

Associate Professor of Music 

GERARD F. LENTINI, B.S., Castleton Teachers College; M.Ed., 
Florida Atlantic University; Ed.D., University of Georgia 
Assistant Professor of Education 



MARGARET S. LUBS, B. Mus., Converse College; B.A., University 
of Georgia; M.A., Columbia University 

Professor of English and French 

JOHN C. MCCARTHY, JR., B.B.A., University of Miami; M.B.A., 
Ph.D., University of Georgia 

Associate Professor of Political Science 

KENNETH P. McKINNELL, B.F.A., M.F.A., University of Georgia 
Assistant Professor of Art 

ANNE MAYER, B.S., M.A., Columbia University 
Assistant Professor of Nursing 

WILLIAM L. MEGATHLIN, B.A., Presbyterian College; M.Ed., 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 

Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice 

ETHEL J. MILLER, B.S., North Carolina A & T State University; 
B.S.L.S., Hampton Institute 

Catalog Librarian 
Assistant Professor of Library Science 

MARY M. MILLER, B.S.N., Medical College of Virginia 

Instructor in Nursing 

ROBERT E. L. MORGAN, B.B.A., M.A., Memphis State University; 
Certified Public Accountant 

Associate Professor of Business Administration 

RICHARD E. MUNSON, B.A., Houghton College; M.A., Ph.D., 
Rutgers University 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

♦ABRAHAM R. NEIMAN, LL.B., St. John's University 
Instructor in Business Administration 

SAMUEL L. NEWBERRY, JR., B.S. Ed., M. Ed., Ed. D., University 
of Georgia 

Associate Professor of Education 

JOHN F. NEWMAN, B.A., University of Maryland; M.A., 
Georgetown University; Ph.D., University of Florida 
Associate Professor of Political Science 

19 



DAVID A. NOBLE, A.B., A.M., Boston University 
Assistant Professor of German 

SR. M. BONAVENTURE OETGEN, B.S.N.E., M.S.N.E., Catholic 
University of America 

Instructor in Nursing 

*SHIRLEY OWENS, B.M., George Peabody College 
Instructor in Applied Music (Voice) 

JACK H. PADGETT, A.B., Wofford College; M.A., University o: 
North Carolina 

Director, Campus Services 

ELLIOT H. PALEFSKY, B.S., University of Georgia; Ed.M., Tempi* 
University 

Director, Mental Health Work Program 
Assistant Professor of Mental Health Work 

ROBERT M. PATTERSON, B.A., Kentucky Wesleyan College; M.A. 
University of Kentucky 

Assistant Professor of History 

**C. GLENN PEARCE, B.B.A., University of Georgia; M.A., Nei 
York University 

Assistant Professor of Business Administration 

HUGH PENDEXTER, III, A.B., Bowdoin College; M.A., North 
western University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania 

Head, Department of English, Speech and Philosophy 
Professor of English 

J. HARRY PERSSE, B.F.A., University of Georgia; M.M, D. Mus 
Florida State University 

Head, Department of Fine Arts 
Professor of Music 

ROBERT I. PHILLIPS, D.M.D., Harvard School of Dental Medicin 

Acting Director, Dental Hygiene Program 

Associate Professor of Dental Hygiene 

ALLEN L. PINGEL, B.A., M.A.T., University of North Carolina 
Assistant Professor of Biology 

JANE B. PRESTON, B.S.N., University of Virginia 

Instructor in Nursing 

H. DEAN PROPST, B.A, Wake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D., Peabod 
College 

Dean of the College 

Professor of English 

20 



MARY MARGARET RALSTON, A.B., Florida State University; 
M.S.W., Tulane University 

Assistant Professor of Sociology 

VIRGINIA RAMSEY, A.B., Vanderbilt University; M.A.T., Emory 
University 

Assistant Professor of English 

PAUL E. ROBBINS, B.S., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., 
Georgia Institute of Technology 

Associate Professor of Chemistry 

SOL RUNDBAKEN, B.F.A., M. Ed., University of Georgia; Ph.D., 
Michigan State University 

Assistant Professor of Education 

SYLVIA ANN SANDERS, B.S., University of Tennessee 
Instructor in Physical Education 

NEIL B. SATTERFIELD, A.B., University of North Carolina; 
M.S.S.W., University of Tennessee 

Director, Social Work Program 

Assistant Professor of Sociology 

LEA LESLIE SEALE, B.A., University of Southwestern Louisiana; 
M.A., Ph.D., Louisiana State University 

Professor of English 

JAMES L. SEMMES, B.S., United States Naval Academy; M.S., 
Florida State University 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

JOE C. SHEFFIELD, B.S. Ed., M. Ed., Georgia Southern College 
Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

HARLES T. SHIPLEY, B.A., University of North Dakota; M.A., 
Ph.D., University of Nebraska 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

ELAINE SILCOX, B.S., M. Ed., University of Florida 

Instructor in Nursing 

*MARK M. SILVERS, JR., B.B.A., J.D., University of Georgia 
Instructor in Business Administration 

♦ALEXANDER A. SIMON, JR., B.S., Georgia Institute of 
Technology; M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania 

Instructor in Business Administration 

ROY J. SIMS, B.S., David Lipscomb College; M.S., University of 
Tennessee 

Head, Department of Physical Education 
Professor of Physical Education 

21 



- 



HARRY H. SQUIRES, B.S., B.A., M.A., University of Florida 
Associate Professor of Business Administration 

SAMMY E. STAGGS, B.A., Huntingdon College; M.A., University of 
South Carolina 

Temporary Instructor in French 

JULE R. STANFIELD, A.A., Armstrong State College 

Comptroller 

*RONALD STOFFEL, A.B., San Francisco State College; M. Mus, 
University of Illinois 

Conductor, Savannah Symphony Orchestra 
Instructor in Music 

WILLIAM W. STOKES, B.A. Ed., M. Ed., Ed. D., University oi 
Florida 

Head, Department of Education 
Professor of Education 

CEDRIC STRATTON, B.Sc, Nottingham University, England; 
Ph.D., Birkbeck College, London, England 

Professor of Chemistry 

ROBERT I. STROZIER, A.B., University of Georgia; M.A., Ph.D., 
Florida State University 

Professor of English 

JOHN SUCHOWER, B.A., Fairfield University; M.A., University oJ 
Detroit 

Assistant Professor of English and Speech 
Director of the ''Masquers" 

RICHARD M. SUMMERVILLE, B.S., Clarion State College; A.M. 

Washington University; Ph.D., Syracuse University 
Head, Department of Mathematics 
Associate Professor of Mathematics 

CAROL HELEN SUTTON, B.S.N., University of South Carolina 

Instructor in Nursing 

RUTH E. SWINSON, B.S. in Ed., Georgia Southern College; M.A. ir 
Library Science, George Peabody College for Teachers 
Assistant Professor of Library Science 
Reference Librarian 

LAWRENCE M. TAPP, B.S., M.S., University of Tennessee 
Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

FRANCIS M. THORNE, III, B.S., Stetson University; Ph.D., Univer 
sity of Georgia 

Professor of Biology 

22 



***MARY C. TORIAN, B.S., Tennessee A and I State University; M. 
Ed., Wayne State University; Ed.D., New York University 
Chairman, Division of Business Administration, 
Savannah State College 

NANCY R. WAGNER, B.S., Armstrong State College 
Teaching Associate in Biology 

♦EDWARD FRANKLIN WALLS, JR., A.B., Oglethorpe University; 
M. Ed., Emory University 

Instructor in Business Administration 

PAUL E. WARD, B.S., Georgia Teachers College; M.Ed., Ed.D., 
University of Georgia 

Associate Professor of Education 
Director of Professional Laboratory Experiences 

ROGER K. WARLICK, B.A., Arizona State University; Ph.D., 
Boston University 

Head, Department of History & Political Science 
Professor of History 

♦FREDERICK G. WEISER, B.M., Eastman School of Music; Solo 
Clarinet, Savannah Symphony Orchestra 

Instructor in Applied Music (Clarinet) 

*N. HARVEY WEITZ, B.B.A., LL.B., University of Georgia 
Instructor in Business Administration 

JOHN A. WELSH, III, A.B., Davidson College; M.A., Vanderbilt 
University 

Assistant Professor of English 

CHARLES C. WHITE, B.S., East Carolina College; M.A., Southern 
Illinois University 

Assistant Professor of English 

MORRIS L. WHITEN, B.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia 
Assistant Professor of Physics 

JAMES W. WITT, B.A., Loyola of Los Angeles; M.A., Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of Southern California 

Head, Department of Criminal Justice 
Associate Professor of Criminal Justice 

CLARKE S. WORTHINGTON, B.A., University of Arizona; M.A., 
Northern Illinois University; Ph.D., Emory University 
Head, Department of Psychology and Sociology 
Professor of Psychology 

K. C. WU, B.A., Grinnell College; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton University 
Professor of History and Political Science 

23 



REGINA M. YOAST, B.A., Texas Christian University; B.S. in 
Library Science, Columbia University 

Head Librarian 
Associate Professor of Library Science 

ESTA R. ZETTEL, B.S., University of North Carolina 

Instructor in Nursing 



*Part-time Instructor 
**On leave of absence 
***Courtesy Appointment 



ARMSTRONG COLLEGE COMMISSION 

The Commission controls certain endowment and scholarship 
funds. 

DR. IRVING VICTOR, Chairman 

MR. EDWARD BARTLETT 

MRS. ARCHIE HERMAN 

MR. JOHN A. PETERS, JR. 

MR. JOHN RANITZ, JR. 

MR. HARRY SWICORD 

Ex-Officio 

DR. THORD MARSHALL 
ROBERT F. LOVETT, The Honorable 
JOHN P. ROUSAKIS, The Honorable 
JULIAN HALLIGAN 
WILLIAM A. BINNS 




24 



. History, Purpose, and Programs 

HISTORY OF THE COLLEGE 

Armstrong State College was founded on May 27, 1935, as Arm- 
strong Junior College, by the Mayor and Aldermen of the City of 
Savannah to meet a pressing need for a college in the community. 
The college was housed in the Armstrong Building, a gift to the city 
from the family of George F. Armstrong, and over the years built or 
acquired five additional buildings in the Forsythe Park and Mon- 
terey Square areas. The college, as Armstrong College of Savannah, 
became a two-year unit in the University System of Georgia on 
January 1, 1959, under the control of the Regents of the University 
System. In 1962, the Mills B. Lane Foundation purchased a new 
campus site of over 200 acres located on Abercorn Extension. The 
new campus, with eight new buildings, was occupied in December, 
1965. 

In 1964, the Regents conferred upon Armstrong the status of a 
four-year college, with the right to offer the degrees of Bachelor of 
Arts, Bachelor of Science, and Bachelor of Business Ad- 
iministration. President Henry L. Ashmore, who succeeded 
President Foreman M. Hawes, on July 1, 1964, was charged with the 
responsibility of developing the institution from junior to senior 
college status. A junior year was added to the college curriculum in 
1966-67, with the senior year added in 1967-68 and the first four-year 
degrees awarded at the spring, 1968 commencement. The college 
now offers more than twenty major programs leading to bac- 
calaureate degrees, and, in addition, the two-year associate degree 
in nursing, dental hygiene, mental health work and in criminal 
justice. The academic community includes approximately 2,800 
students and 100 full-time faculty members. 

Armstrong State College was fully accredited as a senior in- 
stitution by the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools in 
December, 1968, with accreditation retroactive to January 1, 1968. 



PURPOSE 

Armstrong State College is a multi-purpose institution offering 
degree programs in the liberal arts, sciences, and a number of 
specialized fields. As a service to the community, it also provides a 
continuing education program for those who have non-degree objec- 
tives. The College strives to maintain the flexibility and adapta- 
bility which activated its growth and change of status in less than 

25 



thirty-five years from a small city-supported junior college to 
senior college in the University System of Georgia. Therefore, th 
College defines its present purpose in the following terms: 



to provide modern facilities and a professional staff in an en 
vironment that promotes the free exchange of ideas; 

to bring each student to a better realization of his own intellec 
tual, emotional, and spiritual potential by providing academic 
programs in the humanities, natural sciences, and social scien 
ces; 

to develop the student's technical and analytical skills througl 
programs leading to professional degrees in a number of areas 
including Allied Health, Business Administration, Crimina 
Justice, and Teacher Education; 

to offer opportunities for continuing education through sym 
posia, conferences, institutes, and courses unrelated to degree 
programs; 

to make available the full resources of the College through in 
volvement in research projects, public service activities, am 
other programs sponsored by the community. 



GRADUATE PROGRAMS 

The Board of Regents of the University System of Georgia has 
authorized Armstrong State College and Savannah State College tc 
offer joint programs leading to the M.B.A. and M.S. in Elemental*} 
Education degrees. It is anticipated that additional graduate 
programs in Teacher Education at the secondary level and irl 
related areas will be approved for early initiation. For further in- 
formation about these programs, contact the Associate Dean foil 
Graduate Studies at either Armstrong State College or Savanna} | 
State College, requesting a copy of the Graduate Bulletin. 



FOUR-YEAR DEGREES 

Bachelor of Arts in the fields of history, English, French, music 
political science, and psychology. 

Bachelor of Science in the fields of biology, chemistry, and 
mathematics. 

Bachelor of Business Administration in the fields of accounting 
management-marketing, economics, and finance. 

(Each of these above degrees may be taken along with an ap- 
proved program leading to certification for secondary school 
teaching.) 

26 






Bachelor of Science in Education-Speech Correction. 

Bachelor of Science in Elementary Education. 

Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology. 

Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education. 

Bachelor of Science in Health Care Administration. 

Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice. 

Bachelor of Arts in Social Work 

Bachelor of Music Education. 

Bachelor of Science in Education with a Major in Physical 

Education. 

Bachelor of Science in Education with a Major in Mathematics. 

TWO-YEAR DEGREES 

The following two-year degrees are offered as preparation for 
higher degrees in the liberal arts and professions and for positions 
in business: 

Associate in Arts 
Associate in Arts in Nursing 
(This degree prepares graduates for the state exami- 
nation for licensure as registered nurses.) 
Associate in Science in Dental Hygiene 
Associate in Science in Criminal Justice 
Associate in Science in Mental Health Work 

PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS 

Armstrong State College offers the first year of programs in 
forestry and veterinary medicine; the first two years of programs in 
engineering, industrial management, physics, pharmacy; the first 
three years, or the entire pre-professional programs, in dentistry, 
law, medicine, optometry, and other fields. The student planning to 
transfer from Armstrong State College into a professional or 
academic major program not offered here should, at the beginning 
of his freshman year, consult the catalog requirements of the school 
he plans to attend. 

OFFICE OF COMMUNITY SERVICES 

Short Courses, Workshops and Seminars are planned, organized 
and administered by the office in response to group interest, or to 
meet a community need brought to the attention of the Dean for 
Community Services. All are offered on a non-credit basis and, ex- 
cept in a very few cases, there are no special requirements or pre- 
requisites for admission. A brochure of courses, under the heading 
of "Schedule of Evening Classes" is mailed before the beginning of 

27 



every quarter; anyone wishing to do so may have his name placed 
on this mailing list. Subjects covered vary widely; the series is 
designed to offer something to appeal to almost any adult taste, 
from Computer Programming to Interior Decoration. The Dean is 
always glad to arrange courses for candidates preparing to take 
professional examinations in engineering, insurance, real estate, 
and in other areas; the college has been approved as an 
Examination Center for a number of these examinations. One-day 
workshops are also planned and managed by this office. 

OFFICE OF INSTITUTIONAL RESEARCH 

The purpose of the Office of Institutional Research is to provide 
management information to college officials by conducting ap- 
propriate analytical studies of college operations. This office also 
gives assistance to the process of planning at the college and serves 
as a clearing house for requests for information about the college 
that originate from external sources. 



OFFICE OF COMPUTER SERVICES 

This office coordinates the campus-wide system of computer ser- 
vices. The Director also provides technical assistance to the faculty 
and staff of the college in the development of computer programs 
and systems. Through participation in the University System Com- 
puter Network, the two teletype terminals located on campus are 
connected via a dedicated telephone line to the large computers 
located at Georgia State University and the University of Georgia. 



EVENING CLASSES 

In addition to the full daytime schedule, Armstrong offers a 
schedule of classes in the evening, including most of the required 
courses for some degree programs. Students employed during the 
day must limit their enrollment to one or two courses each quarter. 

ACADEMIC SKILLS LABORATORY 

The purpose of the Academic Skills Laboratory is to provide aid 
for those students experiencing difficulty in the areas of reading, 
mathematics, or English. An individualized program is planned 
and conducted after identification of the student's needs through 
diagnostic procedures. 

A student may be referred to the Laboratory by a faculty member 
or may refer himself. The student may enroll for five to fifteen non- 
28 



credit hours per quarter. The student's program may be completed 
in less than a full quarter, or may be continued over two or more 
[quarters. 

STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM 
WITH SAVANNAH STATE COLLEGE 

A student enrolled at Savannah State College or at Armstrong 
State College as a full-time student has the privilege of taking at 
least one course with his Dean's approval at the other college 
without paying an additional fee. A student, for instance, may take 
two courses in his home college paying full fees and one course at 
the other college, which would be transferred back to his home 
college, or a student with at least a "B" average in the preceding 
quarter may take three courses at his home college, paying full fees, 
and register at the other college for an additional course without 
additional cost. 

A student may obtain in the Registrar's Office the proper form 
for permission to register for courses at Savannah State College. 



NROTC PROGRAM 

Students at Armstrong State College may enroll in the Naval 
Reserve Officers Training program offered on the Savannah State 
College campus. For further information, consult the Registrar at 
Armstrong State College; the Commanding Officer, NROTC Unit, 
Savannah State College; or the Savannah State College Bulletin and 
General Catalog. 



LIBRARY 

The Lane Library is centrally located on the campus and is con- 
venient to classrooms and student center. The building is air con- 
ditioned and carpeted and is one of the most attractive and com- 
fortable buildings on the campus. A variety of seating is provided, 
and the contemporary furniture includes many individual study 
tables and carrels. 

The resources of the Library include approximately 78,000 books, 
exclusive of pamphlets and documents. A collection of tapes, re- 
cordings and microforms is available. Over 700 magazines and 
newspapers are received. 

29 



An addition to the Lane Library is in progress which will provide 
such facilities as a spacious listening room, an audiovisual room 
and a special room for typing. 

Services and regulations are specified in the library handbook 
available on request from the Head Librarian. 





II. Admission to the College 

GENERAL INFORMATION 

Application forms for admission to Armstrong State College are 
provided by the Admissions Office upon request. An application 
:annot be considered until all required forms are properly executed 
ind returned to the Admissions Office. Applications should be on 
:ile in the Admissions Office at least twenty days before the 
>pening of the quarter in which the applicant wishes to enter. 

The applicant must be at least sixteen years old on or before 
egistration date and must give evidence of good moral character, 
promise of growth and development, seriousness of purpose, and a 
>ense of social responsibility. Armstrong State College reserves the 
*ight to examine and appraise the character, the personality, and 
:he physical fitness of the applicant. The College further reserves 
;he right to examine any applicant by the use of psychological, 
achievement, and aptitude tests and to require additional 
biographical data and an interview before the applicant is accepted 
or rejected. If an interview is required, the applicant will be 
notified. 

Armstrong State College reserves the right to refuse to accept any 
)r all of the credits from any high school or other institution, not- 
withstanding its accredited status, when the College determines 
:hrough investigation or otherwise that the quality of instruction 
it such high school or other institution is for any reason deficient 
Dr unsatisfactory. The judgment of the College on this question 
shall be final. 

The Admissions Officer may refer any applicant to the Ad- 
missions Committee of the College for study and advice. The 
decision as to whether an applicant shall be accepted or rejected 
shall be made by the Admissions Officer in accordance with ad- 
mission policies and subject to the applicant's right of appeal as 
provided in the policies of the Board of Regents of the University 
System. 

On the basis of his achievement as reflected by his high school 
grades and on his potential ability as shown by his scores on the 
Scholastic Aptitude Test, an evaluation of each applicant's 
readiness to undertake college work will be made. 

The Admissions Officer shall, as promptly as practicable, inform 
the applicant of the action taken upon his application. 

31 



The College reserves the right to terminate acceptance of ap 
plications when enrollment capacity is reached. The College furthe: 
reserves the right to reject an applicant who is not a resident of thi 
State of Georgia. 

All students enrolled at Armstrong State College are required ti 
sign the Honor Pledge at the time of their initial registration. For i 
detailed explanation of the Honor System see the REGULATIONS 
section of this bulletin. 

Specific requirements for admission are discussed below. 



REQUIREMENTS FOR FRESHMAN APPLICANTS 

1. a. Certificate of graduation from an accredited high school. 1 
transcript of the applicant's high school record must be submittei 
by the high school directly to the College and must show credit for 
minimum of sixteen units, including the following specific subjects 

English— 4 units 

Mathematics— 2 units (One unit must be in algebra 
although two units of algebra are desirable. Fo 
students entering the engineering or scientific fields 
two units of algebra and one of geometry ar 
needed.) 

Science— 2 units 

Social Studies— 2 units 

Other units sufficient to graduate. 

OR b. Successful completion of the General Education Develop 
ment Test (GED) with no scores less than 45. Applicants who hav 
been awarded their high school equivalence diploma with score 
below 45 may be admitted as On-Trial students. A score repor 
form must be submitted directly to the college by the United State 
Armed Forces Institute, Madison, Wisconsin 53703 (if the studen 
took the test while in military service) or from the GED testing cer] 
ter where the student took the test. A student under twenty years c 
age who presents GED test scores must, in addition, (1) have a trar 
script of his high school record mailed from the high school directl 
to the College and (2) obtain a recommendation from the princip* 
or Guidance Counselor of the last high school attended on a fori 
provided upon request by the Admissions office. 

2. Satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of th 
College Entrance Examination Board. Official results of this tes 
must be filed with the Admissions Office by the final date fc 
submitting application for the quarter in which the student wish* 
to enroll. 

32 



The Scholastic Aptitude Test is given in all states and numerous 
■reign countries in November, December, January, March, May 
md July. Students wishing to make application to take the test 
nay secure application forms from their secondary school principal 
»r counselor, or by writing directly to the College Entrance 
examination Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey 08540, or Box 
025, Berkeley, California 94701, for an application form and the 
bulletin of Information which is available without charge. Ap- 
)licants who wish to enroll at the beginning of the Winter Quarter 
|.hould take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in November. 

3. Application fee of $10 which must accompany the application 
orm. This fee does not bind Armstrong State College to admit the 
.pplicant nor does it indicate acceptance of the applicant's 
qualifications. The fee will not be credited toward the 
natriculation fee in the event that the applicant is accepted as a 
'.tudent, and it will not be refunded in the event that the applicant 
loes not enroll as a student. An applicant who fails to enroll in the 
marter for which he is accepted must reapply for admission if he 
vishes to enter the institution at a later time by resubmission of 
ee by the date specified. 

4. An Emergency Surgery or Medication Permit signed by the 
>arents of a student (or the student himself if over 21 years of age) 
nust be returned prior to admission, either authorizing or not 
luthorizing the College to take whatever action is deemed 
lecessary in the case of an emergency until the parents can be 
eached. 

5. Physical examinations prior to admission are required for all 
mtering students with the exception of the following: evening 
;tudents, special students, transient students, and auditors. 



ADVANCED PLACEMENT 

Armstrong State College gives advanced placement, or in some 
t ';ases college credit, for college level high school courses, on the 
)asis of the high school teacher's recommendation, the student's 
Crade on the Advanced Placement Examination of the CEEB, and 
approval by the appropriate department head of Armstrong State 
College. 

i Specifically, the Department of History and Political Science ac- 
cepts for credit satisfactory scores on the national SAT 

33 



Achievement, Advanced Placement, and College-Leve 
Examination Program (CLEP) exams appropriate to any of its sui 
vey courses in American History, American Government, ani 
Western Civilization. 



QUARTER-ON-TRIAL 

A Georgia applicant for admission to the freshman class who ha 
not previously attended any other college and whose predicted firsl 
year-average grade does not qualify him for regular admission ma; 
be admitted to the Quarter-On-Trial Program. 

A student admitted to the Quarter-On-Trial Program must enrol 
in the appropriate freshman English course; and with the recon 
mendation of his faculty advisor, he may enroll for as many as tw 
additional academic courses. By satisfactorily completing the ap 
propriate English course and by meeting the grade-point-averag 
requirements specified in the table on page 66, a Quarter-On-Tria 
student may qualify for continuation in the next quarter as 
regular student. 



REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSFER APPLICANTS 

1. Transfer applicants will follow the same procedures as fresl 
man applicants, except that transfer applicants who will hav 
achieved sophomore standing at the time of their entrance will nc 
be required to submit their high school records. Such records may b 
required by the Admissions Office, but normally the transcripts c 1 
previous college records will suffice in place of the high schoc 1 
record. A transfer applicant must ask the Registrar of each colleg 
he has previously attended to mail an official transcript of hi 
record to the Admissions Office at Armstrong State College, r< 
gardless of the transferability of the credits. 



2. Transfer applicants with less than sophomore standing (lei 
than 45 quarter hours completed) must meet entrance requirement 
of both freshman and transfer applicants and will be required 1 
submit their high school records as well as transcripts of collet- 
records. 

3. A transfer applicant will not be eligible for admission to Arr 
strong State College unless he is eligible to return to the last collet- 
attended on the date he expects to enter Armstrong. A student wlf 

34 



I 01) BUSpension from another college because of poor scholarship or 
pr disciplinary reasons will not he eligible for admission. 

4. A transfer applicant will be considered for admission to Arm- 
trong State College if, on all work attempted at other institutions, 
is academic performance as shown by his grade point average is 
quivalent to the minimum standard required by Armstrong State 
lollege students of comparable standing. (See chart under 
icademic Probation and Dismissal Policy on page 66.) 

5. Credit will be given for transfer work in which the student 
eceived a grade of "D" or above, with the percentage of "D" grades 
ot to exceed twenty (20) per cent of the total hours being trans- 
erred. College credit will not be allowed for such courses as 
amedial English or remedial mathematics or courses basically of 
econdary school level. 

6. Credits earned at an institution which is not a member of the 
.ppropriate regional accrediting agency can be accepted on a 
irovisional basis only. A student transferring from an institution 
yhich is not a member of a regional accrediting agency must 
ichieve a "C" average on his first fifteen quarter hours of work at 
Armstrong in order to be eligible to continue. In certain areas he 
nay be required to validate credits by examination. In computing 
emulative grade averages, only the work attempted at Armstrong 
vill be considered. 

7. The amount of credit that Armstrong will allow for work done 
n another institution within a given period of time may not exceed 
the normal amount of credit that could have been earned at Arm- 
strong during that time. A maximum of 100 quarter hours may be 
pransferred from a junior college. For a bachelor's degree, 90 quar- 
r er hours of junior and senior level work will be required (except in 
pertain approved programs in mathematics, the natural sciences, 
and music), of which the last 45 quarter hours must be taken at 
Armstrong. At least half of the courses offered in the major field 
must be taken at Armstrong. 

8. Not more than one-fourth of the work counted toward a degree 
may be taken through correspondence or extension courses: No 
correspondence courses may be used to meet requirements in the 
major field or the related field for the bachelor's degree. No 
correspondence courses may be taken while a student is enrolled at 
Armstrong State College without prior approval of the Dean of the 
College and the head of the department in which the student is 
majoring. Correspondence credit will not be accepted for courses in 
English composition or foreign language. 

35 



CONTINUING EDUCATION STUDENTS 

All military personnel and adults, age 22 years or older, who wisl 
to take regularly scheduled courses for personal enrichment an* 
other non-degree objectives may be enrolled for credit or a 
auditors. If these students enroll for credit, they must meet al 
prerequisites for the course involved; if they enroll as auditors, the; 1 
must have the permission of the instructor involved. Admission oi 
Continuing Education students requires: (1) evidence of high schoo 
graduation or possession of GED certificate or (2) transcript fron 
last college attended. Students on probation or suspension will no 
be permitted to enroll in this program without approval by the Ad 
missions Committee. 

A maximum of 45 quarter hours credit may be earned by student 
enrolled in this classification. Should a degree become the objectiv 
of a Continuing Education student, he must apply for admission a 
a degree candidate, meeting regular admission requirements. 

All college fees apply to students in this classification with th 
exception of the application fee which is not required until th 
student requests admission as a degree candidate. Military person 
nel pay fees in accordance with negotiated military contracts. 



READMISSION OF FORMER STUDENTS 

A student who has not been enrolled at Armstrong for one o 
more quarters must apply for readmission on a form provided b; 
the Admissions Office. A former student who has not attende 1 
another college since leaving Armstrong may be readmitte 
provided he is not on suspension at the time he wishes to reenter, 
former student who has attended another college since leavin 
Armstrong must meet requirements for readmission as a transfe 
student or as a transient student, whichever is applicable, 
student who is readmitted after an absence from the College fo 
more than two years must meet degree requirements as listed in th 
bulletin in effect at the time of his return. 



TRANSIENT STUDENTS 

Transient student status means that a student is admitted 
Armstrong State College only for a specified period of time, noi 
mally for one quarter. An applicant for transient status must file 
regular application form and submit a statement from his Dean c 

36 



Registrar that he is in pood standing and has permission to take 
specific courses at Armstrong to be transferred to his own in- 
stitution when satisfactorily completed. Since transient students 
are not admitted as regular Armstrong students, transcripts of 
college work completed elsewhere are not usually required of such 
applicants. A transient student who wishes to remain at Armstrong 
longer than one quarter must submit an additional statement from 
lis Dean or Registrar, or he must meet all requirements for regular 
idmission as a transfer student. 



JOINT ENROLLMENT PROGRAM 

Armstrong State College cooperates with the Chatham County 
ublic School System in the offering of an early admissions 
>rogram for those students who have completed the eleventh grade 
n high school and who have demonstrated outstanding academic 
Potential. The student may enroll full-time at the College while 
•emaining on the rolls of his local high school. After successfully 
neeting all established criteria, the student may be awarded a high 
ichool diploma at the end of his freshman year in college. For fur- 
her information on this program, the prospective applicant should 
onsult his high school counselor and/or request information from 
he Admissions Office at Armstrong State College. 

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE ACCELERATED 
PROGRAM FOR HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS 

This program marks a new venture for this community in which 
ollege and high school join to challenge intellectually able young 
len and women to test their interests and their capacity to learn. 

High school students who have completed the eleventh grade, who 
ave met the criteria for admission to the program and who main- 
ain its standards will be permitted to enroll in one course each 
uarter at Armstrong State College while they complete the senior 
ear of high school. Upon graduation from high school, these 
tudents will be admitted upon application as regular students of 
he College and will be given full college credit for the courses 
aken at Armstrong. 

Through this program, a student may complete over two-thirds of 
le freshman year of college before he begins his regular college 
ireer. The maximum number of college courses possible is: Sum- 
ter, one course (5 qtr. hours); Fall, one course (5 qtr. hours); Winter, 
ne course (5 qtr. hours); Spring, one course (5 qtr. hours); Summer 

37 



(following high school graduation and admission to Armstrong) 
three courses (15 qtr. hours). Every student accepted in this progran 
must take a course in English or mathematics first. Thereafter, h< 
may choose any freshman course, with permission of his college ad 
viser. 

A student forfeits the privilege of this program if in any quarte: 
his grade in the college course is below C or his high school averag< 
in academic courses is below B. 

The College will consider a student for this program only upor 
written recommendation of his high school principal. In the view o: 
the College, it is only the principal who can judge the circumstance! 
that may make the program valuable and practicable for am 
student. 

To be admitted to the program a student must satisfy all of thesi 
criteria: 

1. written recommendation by the Principal of the high school 

2. completion of the eleventh grade in an accredited high school 

3. a combined verbal and math score of 1000 on CEEB tests; 

4. an average grade of B or better in academic subjects (English 
mathematics, science, social studies, language) through th« 
ninth, tenth and eleventh grades as averaged by the Armstronj 
State College Admissions Officer. 

5. written permission of the parents. 

A high school principal may recommend students following th 
fifth six-week period of the students' eleventh year. The recommen 
dation to the College must be made by May 15th if the student inj 
tends to begin in the summer. The principal may recommemj 
following the full eleventh year by August 15th if the student 
tends to begin in the fall. 



FOREIGN STUDENTS 

A student from a country other than the United States who is ir 
terested in attending Armstrong must meet the following requin 
ments before application is made: 

1. He must have met the requirements of freshman applicant 
38 



2. He must have an official transcript of his academic record 
mailed to the Admissions Office at Armstrong with an official 
translation. 

3. He must take the SAT of the College Entrance Examination 
Board in the testing center nearest his home and ask that the 
results be sent to Armstrong. 

4. He must take the Test of English as a Foreign Language and 
ask that the results be sent to Armstrong. (Applications for the 
test are available from the Educational Testing Service, Box 899, 
Princeton, N. J. 08540.) 

If the applicant meets the academic requirements for admission, 
he will be sent an application form. After it has been returned and 
approved, the applicant will be sent an 1-20 Form (1-20A and 1-20B), 
which he can then take to the American consul to ask for a student 
visa. When he arrives on campus, he will be tested in English com- 
position by the Department of English for class placement. 

No scholarships are available for students who are not legal 
residents of Georgia. All foreign students must pay non-resident 
fees. 

ADMISSION OF VETERANS 

After having been accepted at Armstrong State College and upon 
receipt of Certification of Eligibility and Entitlement from the 
Veterans Administration, veterans may attend under Public Law 
358 (Veterans Readjustment Benefits Act of 1966), Public Law 815 
(disabled), Public Law 894 (disabled), Public Law 634 (war orphans), 
or Public Law 361 (children of permanently disabled veterans). 
Students under Public Laws 358, 361, or 634 should be prepared to 
pay tuition and fees at the time of registration. 

APPLICANTS SPONSORED BY VOCATIONAL 
REHABILITATION 

Those applicants sponsored by Vocational Rehabilitation or other 
community agencies must apply at least six (6) weeks before the 
beginning of any quarter to insure proper processing of ap- 
plications. 

FINANCIAL AID 

(See Financial Aids, Section V of this Bulletin for further infor- 
mation.) 

39 



REGISTRATION AND ORIENTATION 

Prior to the Fall Quarter, a period of orientation is set aside tc 
assist new students in becoming acquainted with the College, its 
curriculum, extra-curricular activities, student leaders, counselors, 
members of the faculty and the administration. Complete instruc- 
tions concerning registration are made available to all students at 
the beginning of the registration period. Registration includes 
counseling, academic advisement, selection of courses, enrollment 
in classes, and payment of fees. Full details regarding orientation 
and registration are provided to all incoming students during the 
summer preceding their initial enrollment. 



RESIDENCY REQUIREMENTS OF THE BOARD 
OF REGENTS 

To be considered a legal resident of Georgia, the applicant musl 
establish the following facts to the satisfaction of the Registrar 

1. A student who is under 21 years of age at the time he seeks tc 
register or re-register at the beginning of any quarter will be 
accepted as a resident student only upon a showing by him that 
his supporting parent or guardian has been legally domiciled in 
Georgia for a period of at least twelve months immediately 
preceding the date of registration or re-registration. 

2. In the event that a legal resident of Georgia is appointed a* 
guardian of a non-resident minor, such minor will not be per- 
mitted to register as a resident student until the expiration o1 
one year from the date of appointment, and then only upon 
proper showing that such appointment was not made to avoid 
payment of the non-resident fee. 

3. If a student is over 21 years of age, he may register as 2 
resident student only upon a showing that he has been do- 
miciled in Georgia for at least twelve months prior to th( 
registration date. 

Any period of time during which a person is enrolled as a 
student in any educational institution in Georgia may not be 
counted as a part of the twelve months' domicile and residence 
herein required when it appears that the student came into the 
State and remained in the State for the primary purpose of at- 
tending a school or college. 

40 



4. A full-time faculty member of the University System, his or her 

spouse, and minor children may register on the payment of 
resident fees, even though the faculty member has not been a 
resident in Georgia for twelve months. 

5. If the parents or legal guardian of a minor change residence to 
another state following a period of residence in Georgia, the 
minor may continue to take courses for a period of twelve con- 
secutive months on the payment of resident fees. After the ex- 
piration of the twelve months' period the student may continue 
his registration only upon the payment of fees at the non- 
resident rate. 

6. Military personnel and their dependents may become eligible 
to enroll in institutions of the University System as resident 
students provided they file with the institution in which they 
wish to enroll the following: 

a. A statement from the appropriate military official showing 
that the applicant's "home of record" is the State of Georgia; 
and 

b. Evidence that applicant is registered to vote in Georgia; or 

c. Evidence that applicant, if under 18 years of age, is the child 
of parents who are registered to vote in Georgia; and 

d. Evidence that applicant or his supporting parent or guardian 
filed a Georgia State income tax return during the preceding 
year. 

7. Foreign students who attend institutions of the University 
System under sponsorship of civic or religious groups located in 
this state, may be enrolled upon the payment of resident fees, 
provided the number of such foreign students in any one in- 
stitution does not exceed the quota approved by the Board of 
Regents for that institution. 

8. All aliens shall be classified as non-resident students; provided, 
however, that an alien who is living in this country under a 
visa permitting permanent residence or who has filed with the 
proper federal immigration authorities a declaration of inten- 
tion to become a citizen of the United States shall have the 
same privilege of qualifying for resident status for fee purposes 
as has a citizen of the United States. 

41 



9. Teachers in the public schools of Georgia and their dependents 
may enroll as students in University System institutions on 
payment of resident fees, when it appears that such teachers 
have resided in Georgia for nine months, that they were 
engaged in teaching during such nine months' period, and that 
they have been employed to teach in Georgia during the en- 
suing school year. 

10. If a woman who is a resident of Georgia and is a student in an 
institution of the University System marries a non-resident of 
the State, she may continue to be eligible to attend the in- 
stitution on payment of resident fees, provided that her 
enrollment is continuous. 

11. If a woman who is a non-resident of Georgia marries a man 
who is a resident of Georgia, she will not be eligible to register 
as a resident student in a University System institution until 
she has been domiciled in the State of Georgia for a period of 
twelve months immediately preceding the date of registration. 



ADMISSION TO THE ASSOCIATE IN 
ARTS DEGREE PROGRAM IN NURSING 

Nursing calls for a variety of skills and aptitudes and offers 
unlimited opportunities for different kinds of service. Therefore, a 
candidate for the nursing program should have good physical and 
mental health as well as those personal qualifications appropriate 
for nursing. For these reasons the Admissions Committee selects 
students whose abilities, interests, and personal qualities show 
promise of success in the program and in the field of nursing. Fac- 
tors influencing the decision of the Admissions Committee are: 
achievement as shown on the secondary school record, ability as 
measured by the Scholastic Aptitude Test, motivation for nursing, 
health, personal qualities, and social adjustment. Applicants who.i 
in the judgment of the Admissions Committee, present high overall 
qualifications are selected. Since applications are processed asj 
received, applicants are encouraged to apply early in the senior 
year of high school or as early in the year preceding admission as 
possible. Application forms are available from the Admissions Of- 
ficer of the College. 

The preferred age for applicants, married or single, at the time oi 
entrance is 18. The upper age limit is 40 years. Applicants who hav€ 
not reached their 18th birthday but who can show evidence thai 
they will reach their 20th birthday by the date they are scheduled tc 

42 



complete the program will be considered. The State of Georgia 

requires, as do most other states, United States citizenship, either 
natural born or naturalized, for registered nurse licensure. Can- 
didates for admission to the nursing program who are not citizens 
may be admitted only under certain circumstances and should 
make individual inquiries. 



How to Apply 

1. Complete the application form for admission to Armstrong 
State College and return it with the non-refundable $10 ap- 
plication fee. Mark the application For Nursing Only. 

2. Complete the Personal Data Sheet for the nursing program. 

3. Have the medical form completed by a licensed physician. 

4. Have the dental form completed by a dentist. 

5. Take the Psychological Aptitude Test for Nursing School Ap- 
plicants on one of the dates scheduled on campus. Applications 
for this test may be obtained from the Department of Allied 
Health at Armstrong State College or from the Director of Ad- 
missions at Armstrong State College. 

6. Take the Scholastic Aptitude Test given by the College En- 
trance Examination Board as early in the year as possible. 
When applying for the test, be certain to list Armstrong State 
College as one college to receive your scores. 

7. Have a transcript of your high school record mailed from the 
high school directly to the Admissions Office at Armstrong. (A 
transfer student should also ask the Registrar of each school or 
college she/he has previously attended to mail an official tran- 
script of her/his record to the Admissions Office at Armstrong, 
regardless of the transferability of the credits.) 

8. Send, or have sent, two letters of reference directly to the 
Department of Allied Health from non-family members 
(teachers, employers, or other qualified persons) who have 
known you for at least three years. 

9. Send, or have sent, to the Department of Allied Health a cer- 
tified copy of your birth certificate. 

43 



Other Information 

1. It is recommended that applicants who have been away from 
school for a considerable period of time enroll in at least one 
course in an accredited college of their choice during the school 
year or summer preceding their planned entrance to the nur- 
sing program. 

2. Except in unusual circumstances, no credit will be given for 
nursing courses taken in another school of nursing. 

3. An applicant on academic suspension or probation from 
another college will not be considered. 

4. Nursing students are responsible for providing their own 
transportation to and from campus to the clinical area (i.e., 
community hospitals and other health agencies). 

5. Armstrong State College does not provide student housing. It is 
necessary for the students whose homes are not located in 
Savannah to make private arrangements for living accom- 
modations. The responsibility for procuring suitable housing 
rests with the student and her/his parents. For further infor- 
mation regarding housing, please contact the Office of Stu- 
dent Affairs. 

6. Students are required to wear the official student uniform of 
the nursing program. Uniforms will be ordered during the Fall 
Quarter. 

7. Fees for a nursing student will be the same as for any other 
student at Armstrong. Please refer to the Fees section of the 
current Bulletin. 

8. Students are admitted to the nursing sequence courses once 
each year in the fall. Six consecutive quarters in the nursing 
program are required. Students may begin the academic cour- 
ses required in the program in any quarter. 

9. All nursing courses must be taken in sequence. Each nursing 
course has a prerequisite beginning with Fundamentals of Nur- 
sing. 

10. All students must take the Psychological Aptitude Test for 
Nursing School Applicants. 



44 



11. Students accepted for the nursing program will be sent infor- 
mation on supplies and equipment needed for the Fall Quarter 

approximately two weeks before the opening of school with ap- 
proximate charges. 

12. Admission to Armstrong State College does not in any way 
guarantee formal admission into the nursing program. Formal 
admission and continuation in the second quarter of the 
program is dependent upon a student's obtaining a passing 
grade of "C" in nursing and maintaining an overall 2.0 average 
first quarter. 



ADMISSION TO THE ASSOCIATE IN 
SCIENCE DEGREE PROGRAM IN 
DENTAL HYGIENE 

The profession of Dental Hygiene is an ideal career for individ- 
uals interested in science and health services. The growing and con- 
stant demand for graduate dental hygienists assures regular hours 
and good compensation. 

A dental hygienist works under the general supervision of a den- 
tist and performs a number of dental functions. The hygienist's ac- 
tivities usually include performing oral prophylaxis (cleaning of 
the teeth), instructing patients in dental health, taking, developing 
and mounting dental x-rays, applying fluorides and sometimes 
assisting the dentist in chairside and laboratory duties. 

There are certain personal qualifications which are essential for 
a successful dental hygienist. These are good health, neat ap- 
pearance, high moral character, a desire to be of service to others, 
and the ability to get along well with people. 

The Armstrong State College program consists of seven quarters 
of full time study (two academic years and the intervening sum- 
mer). Applicants are matriculated once each year, in September. 

There are no definite age requirements or restrictions for the 
basic Dental Hygiene program. However, all applicants must be 
graduates of an accredited high school or its equivalent. Students 
may be either married or single and must be citizens of the United 
States, either natural born or naturalized. 

Applicants must meet the admission requirements for Armstrong 
State College and the School of Dental Hygiene. 

45 



The major part of an applicant's secondary school work should be 
in the college preparatory program and should include two years of 
mathematics. Because of the heavy emphasis on science in the den- 
tal hygiene curriculum, it is important that applicants have a good 
foundation in chemistry and biology. The quality of the candidate's 
work in high school English and social studies is most important in 
evaluating her total qualifications for admission to the Dental 
Hygiene program. Other factors which influence the decision of the 
Dental Hygiene admissions committee are: a "C" or better average 
in high school, an acceptable score (composite-verbal and 
mathematical) on the Scholastic Aptitude Test given by the College 
Entrance Examination Board, and an average of 4 on the Dental 
Hygiene Aptitude Test. 



How to Apply 

1. Complete the application form for admission to Armstrong State 

College and return it with the non-refundable $10 application 
fee. Mark the application For Dental Hygiene Only. 

2. Complete the Personal Data Sheet for the dental hygiene 

program. 

3. Have the medical form completed by a physician. 

4. Have the dental form completed by a dentist. 

5. Take the Dental Hygiene Aptitude Test on one of the three dates 

scheduled on campus. Applications for the Dental Hygiene Ap- 
titude Test may be obtained from the Department of Allied 
Health at Armstrong State College or from the Director of Ad- 
missions at Armstrong State College. 

6. Take the Scholastic Aptitude Test given by the College Entrance 

Examination Board as early in the year as possible. When ap- 
plying for the test be certain to list Armstrong State College as 
one college to receive your scores. 

7. Have a transcript of your high school record mailed from the 

high school directly to the Admissions Office at Armstrong. (A 
transfer student should also ask the Registrar of each school or 
college previously attended to mail an official academic tran- 
script to the Admissions Office at Armstrong, regardless of the 
transferability of the credits). 



Other Information 

1. It is recommended that applicants who have been away from 
school for a considerable period of time enroll in at least one 
course in an accredited college of their choice during the school 

46 



year or summer preceding their planned entrance to the Dental 
Hygiene program. 

For the Associate in Science Degree, no credit will be given for 
Dental Hygiene courses taken in another School of Dental 
Hygiene. 

An applicant on academic suspension or probation from another 
college will not be considered. 

Dental Hygiene students are responsible for providing their own 
transportation to and from campus and to community agencies 
when assigned for field experiences. 

Armstrong State College does not provide student housing. It is 
necessary for the students whose homes are not located in 
Savannah to make private arrangements for living ac- 
commodations. The responsibility for procuring suitable hous- 
ing rests with the student. For further information re- 
garding housing, please contact the Office of Student 
Affairs. 

Students are required to wear the official student uniform of the 
Dental Hygiene Program. Uniforms will be ordered during the 
Winter Quarter and may be purchased from the College 
Bookstore. 

Fees for Dental Hygiene students will be the same as for any 
other student at Armstrong. Please refer to the Fees section of 
the current Bulletin, 

Students are admitted to the Dental Hygiene sequence courses 
once each year in the fall. Seven consecutive quarters in the 
Dental Hygiene program are required. Students may begin the 
academic courses required in the program in any quarter. 

All Dental Hygiene clinical courses must be taken in sequence. 
Each Dental Hygiene course has a prerequisite beginning with 
Dental Hygiene 101. 

, All students must take the Dental Hygiene Aptitude Test to be 
considered for admission. 

. Students accepted for the Dental Hygiene program will be sent 
information on supplies and equipment needed for the Fall 
Quarter approximately two weeks before the opening of school 
with approximate charges. 

. Admission to Armstrong State College does not in any way 
guarantee formal admission into the Dental Hygiene Program. 
Formal admission and continuation in the program for the 

47 



second quarter is dependent upon a student's obtaining s 
passing grade of "C" in dental hygiene and maintaining a. 
overall 2.0 average first quarter. 

ADMISSION TO THE GRADUATE PROGRAM 

Information concerning admissions requirements f°r gradu at 
nroirams is available in the Graduate Bulletin. Further informatio 
maf be obtained from the Associate Dean for Graduate Studies a 
Sther Armstrong State College or Savannah State College. 




A 



48 



V. Fees 



APPLICATION FEE 



The Application Fee of $10.00 is paid by all undergraduate 
tudents at the time of initial application for admission to Arm- 
trong State College. The acceptance of the Application Fee does 
ot constitute acceptance of the student. This fee is not refundable. 

MATRICULATION FEE 

The Matriculation Fee for students registering for the normal 
mrse load of fifteen hours is $115.00. Students carrying less than 
I credit hours in a quarter will pay at the rate of $9.75 per quarter 
our in Matriculation Fees. 



OUT OF STATE TUITION 

Non-residents of Georgia must pay a fee of $180.00 per quarter in 
Idition to all regular fees. Students carrying less than 12 credit 
Durs in a quarter who are not legal residents of the State of 
eorgia will pay at the rate of $14.00 per quarter hour Out-of-State 
ee in addition to all regular fees. 



STUDENT ACTIVITY FEE 

There will be a Student Activity Fee of $15.00 per quarter for all 
udents enrolled in the undergraduate program. 



LATE REGISTRATION FEE 

A late registration fee of $4.00 will be charged to students 
jgistering on the date listed in the catalog as the date on which 
asses begin. A fee of $5.00 will be charged for registrations com- 
eted on the date listed in the catalog as the "last day to register 
>r credit." This fee is not refundable. 



CHANGE OF SCHEDULE FEE 

A fee of $2.00 is charged for the changing of a student's schedule 

fter the registration cards have been processed. No charge is made 

the change is initiated by the College. This fee is not refundable. 

49 



GRADUATION FEE 

A Graduation Fee of $10.00 will be collected from each candidat 
for Graduation. 



TRANSCRIPT FEE 

Each student is entitled to one official transcript of his colleg 
work. The charge for additional copies is $1.00 each. 



MUSIC FEES 

Students who are not full-time music majors registered for 10 o 
more quarter hours will be required to pay a special fee for applie 
music courses in addition to the regular registration an 
matriculation fees. The fees are indicated in the description c 
applied music courses as listed under the Department of Fine Art 
in Section IX of this Bulletin. 

Students who are full-time music majors and registered for 10 o 
more quarter hours are not required to pay this special fee. 



MAKE-UP TEST FEE 

For cause, a student may arrange with an instructor to make u 
an announced quiz or final examination. The arrangements t 
make up the announced test must be made within one week afte 
the student returns to college. 

A fee of $2.00 is charged for the making up of any announced qui 
and a fee of $5.00 for a make-up final examination and laborator 
examinations, except as shown below. The total charges to any on 
student for a final make-up examination in a given subject sha 
not exceed $5.00. All fees will be paid to the Business Office. 

The conditions under which fees for make-up quizzes and fins 
examinations will not be charged are as follows: the student wa 
absent (1) on official college business; (2) due to illness; (3) becaus 
of death in the family; or (4) in observing religious holidays. 

The student's reasons for claiming exemption from paying th 
fee must be presented in writing to the instructor. 



SHORT COURSES 

Fees are announced for each course when the course is ai 
nounced. No refund can be made for withdrawal from a course 

50 



SUMMARY OF FEES 

latriculation per quarter $115.00 

pident Activity, per quarter 15.00 

TOTAL FOR GEORGIA RESIDENTS $180.00 

hit of State Tuition, per quarter $180.00 

TOTAL FOR NON-RESIDENTS $310.00 

latriculation, Part-time Students, per quarter hour $ 9.75 

Ion-Resident Tuition, Part-time Students, per 
quarter hour (in addition to Matriculation Fee) $ 14.00 



PRIVILEGE FEES 

I 

implication Fee $10.00 

jate Registration-Maximum 5.00 

pecial Examinations 2.00 

Mnal Examinations 5.00 

Graduation Fee 10.00 

Yanscript, first one free, each additional 1.00 

)hange of Schedule 2.00 



REFUNDS 

Refunds of fees will be made only upon written application for 
withdrawal from school. No refunds will be made to students drop- 
ing a course. Students who formally withdraw on the date of 
cheduled registration or during one week following the scheduled 

Egistration date are entitled to a refund of 80% of the fees paid for 
at quarter. Students who formally withdraw during the period 
etween one and two weeks after the scheduled registration date 
re entitled to a refund of 60% of the fees paid for that quarter, 
tudents who formally withdraw between two and three weeks after 
he scheduled registration date are entitled to a refund of 40% of 
tie fees paid for that quarter. Students who formally withdraw 
uring the period between three and four weeks after the scheduled 
agistration date are entitled to a refund of 20% of the fees paid for 
lat quarter. Students who withdraw after a period of four weeks 
as elapsed from the scheduled registration date will be entitled to 
o refund of any part of the fees paid for that quarter. 



lees and Charges are Subject to Change at the End of any Quarter 

51 



Any student delinquent in the payment of any fee due the college 
will have grade reports and transcripts of records held up, and wil 
not be allowed to re-register at the college for a new quarter unti 
the delinquency has been removed. 

Fees for each quarter are to be paid in full at the time o 
registration. 

If a check is not paid on presentation to the bank on which it i 
drawn, the student's registration will be cancelled and the studen 
may re-register only on payment of a $5.00 service charge. 




li 





52 



I. FINANCIAL AIDS 



FINANCIAL AIDS 



A college education for qualified students, regardless of their 
fconomic circumstances, is the guiding principle behind the 
)rogram of student financial aid at Armstrong State College. By of- 
ering scholarships, short-term and long-term loans, grants, student 
employment, and student assistantships, the College tries to 
irovide the necessary financial assistance to students, who, without 
uch aid, would be unable to attend college. 

In selecting financial aid recipients, consideration is given to the 
pplicants' records of achievement and potentials for success as 
fell as to their financial needs. Although a few gift scholarships 
pecify high academic standards as an eligibility requirement, most 
cholarships and other types of financial aid set forth the following 
eneral criteria: 



(a) an applicant must be enrolled or accepted for enrollment as 
a full-time student; 

(b) an applicant must maintain good academic standing as he 
progresses normally toward a degree goal; 

(c) an applicant must have a need for financial assistance. 



Some aid programs specify other criteria, such as place of 
esidence, field of study, type of employment, etc. 

Armstrong State College makes use of the College Scholarship 
lervice which evaluates the Parents' Confidential Statements of 
tudents who wish to be considered for financial assistance. A 
tudent may obtain the Parents' Confidential Statement form from 
is local high school counselor, from the Office of the Dean for 
Itudent Affairs at the College, or from the College Scholarship Ser- 
ice, P. 0. Box 176, Princeton, New Jersey. Applications for finan- 
ial aid are incomplete until such time as the Financial Aid Office 
eceives this financial data. Moreover, students are urged to apply 
arly for both financial assistance and for admission to the College. 

53 



FINANCIAL AID PLANNING AND PRIORITY 
SCHEDULE 



October-January: 



Prospective students should request info 
mation and an application form from th 
Financial Aid Office, Armstrong State Colleg 
Savannah, Georgia 31406. 



February-March: 



New and renewal applications for prospectn 
and currently enrolled students should be sul 
mitted to the Financial Aid Office for the ne: 
academic year. Parents' Confidents 
Statements should be submitted to the Colleg 
Scholarship Service, P. 0. Box 176, Princetoi 
New Jersey, designating Armstrong Stal 
College as one of the recipients of the Final 
cial Need Analysis Report. New applicants f( 
admission to the College should also take tl 
Scholastic Aptitude Test during this period an 
request that scores be sent to the Office of A( 
missions at Armstrong State College. 

Meeting the following priority deadlines assures the student a] 
plying for financial aid that his application will be considere 
early for the award of whatever financial aid is available. 



April 1: 



April 15: 



September 1: 



May-September: 



Priority deadline for submission of t\ 
Parents' Confidential Statement by all a] 
plicants (both new and renewal applicants). 

Priority deadline for submission of a] 
plications for financial aid (both new an 
renewal applications). Also priority deadline 1 
apply for admission to Armstrong State Cc 
lege through the Office of Admissions. 

Final deadline for the submission of all papei 
necessary for the award of financial aid. 

Students notified of actions taken on the 
financial aid applications. 



Most financial aid awards are for the entire academic year, wit 
payments made to the student in equal quarterly installments. . 
student may, however, apply for financial aid during the academi 
year and may be considered for financial assistance if funds ai 
available. 



54 






The Director of Financial Aid will be able to consider a student's 
•equest for financial assistance only when the application is com- 
pete and the College has received the information noted above. 



SCHOLARSHIPS 

Many of the scholarships available to students are administered 
>y the College; others are approved for students by outside agencies 
ipon recommendation of the College Director of Financial Aid; still 
)thers are administered directly by non-institutional organiza- 
ions. 

REGENTS' SCHOLARSHIPS are available for residents of Georgia 
who rank, or who are predicted to rank, in the upper 25% of their 
class and who have financial need. The amount of each scholar- 
ship to be awarded (up to a maximum of $750.00 per year) is deter- 
mined by the Director of Financial Aid. Recipients must agree to 
reside and work in the state of Georgia one year for each $1,000.00 
received under this program. 

)THER SCHOLARSHIPS include: 

American Business Women-Azalea Chapter 

American Business Women-Rebel Chapter 

Armstrong State College Athletic Association 

Harry M. Carter Scholarship 

Chatham Education Association Scholarship 

Elks Aidmore Auxiliary Nurses Scholarship 

Exchangette Club Scholarship 

Fraternal Order of Police (2) 

Garden City Lions Club Scholarship 

Great Dane Trailer Employees' Scholarships (4) 

Robert W. Groves Scholarship 

Homebuilders Association of Savannah Scholarships (2) 

Inner-City Methodist Church Scholarship 

Junior Chamber of Commerce Academic Scholarships (2) 

Junior Chamber of Commerce Athletic Scholarships (4) 

Jaycettes Scholarship 

Kiwanis Athletic Scholarship Award 

Kiwanis Academic Scholarship Award 

Arthur Lucas Memorial Scholarships (10) 

Metropolitan Kiwanis Club of Savannah Scholarship 

National Secretaries Scholarship 

Port City Lions Club Scholarship 

Porter G. Pierpont Rotary Education Funds (4) 

55 



Savannah Professional and Business Club Scholarship 
Savannah Women's Club Scholarship 
Scholarship Trust Fund Awards (25) 
Strachan Shipping Company Scholarship 
Union Camp Scholarships (10) 



STATE FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS 

In addition to the Regents' Scholarships mentioned above, th< 
state of Georgia has established other financial aid programs whicl 
are available to residents of Georgia. 

THE GEORGIA STATE SCHOLARSHIP COMMISSION provide 
financial assistance for residents of Georgia who are pursuing j 
course of study leading to a degree in certain professional am 
technical areas (Nursing, Dental Hygiene, Medical Technology 
etc.). Students must be enrolled or accepted for enrollment in i 
program in a particular field, must have financial need, and musl 
agree to repay the scholarship award by practicing the professior 
in Georgia one year for each year the scholarship is financed 
Award amounts (up to a maximum of $1,000.00 per academic year 
are based upon need and upon the full-time or part-time status ol 
students. 

GEORGIA STATE TEACHERS SCHOLARSHIPS are provided fa 
students who have demonstrated an intention to pursue teaching 
as a career and who have an accumulative grade-point average o: 
B or better. The amount of the award is based on the need of th< 
student. Recipients must agree to teach in a public school oi 
college in the state three years for awards received up to $3,000.01 
and four years for awards in excess of $3,000.00. 

GEORGIA HIGHER EDUCATION ASSISTANCE CORPORATIO* 
LOANS are guaranteed educational loans provided for Georgia 
residents in attendance at Armstrong State College or any ap 
proved institution of higher education in Georgia or elsewhere 
Applications are reviewed and approved by the Director ol 
Financial Aid. The lending institution, with the approval of the 
Georgia Higher Education Assistance Corporation, makes the 
loans directly to the student. 

A full-time undergraduate student may borrow up to $1,200.0( 
for a three-quarter academic year; a graduate student maj 
borrow up to $1,500.00. Loans are also available to half-tinu 
students. 

56 



In the tenth month following graduation from college or with- 
drawal from college, student borrowers must begin to repay their 
loans at $30.00 per month at the rate of 7% per annum. If, at the 
time of the loan, the student's family adjusted income is under 
$15,000.00 annually, the Government will pay all interest charges 
on the loan while the student is in school. If the adjusted family 
income is over $15,000.00, the loan may be insured, but the student 
must pay all interest that accrues from the start. 

THE GEORGIA VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION PROGRAM 
provides financial assistance for the applicant who possesses a 
physical or mental impairment which would prove to be a 
vocational handicap. The Office of Vocational Rehabilitation 
may pay the cost of tuition, books, and fees. For more infor- 
mation about this program the student should contact the local 
office of Vocational Rehabilitation, 35 Abercorn Street, Savan- 
nah, Georgia. 

FEDERAL FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS 

EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANTS are available to a 
limited number of students with exceptional financial need who, 
without such assistance, could not attend college. To be eligible, 
the student must be enrolled or accepted for enrollment as a full- 
time student, show evidence of academic and creative promise, 
and be capable of maintaining good academic standing in his 
course of study. Grants range from $200.00 to $1,000.00 per year 
and can be no more than one-half of the total "package" of finan- 
cial aid given to the student. 

*THE NATIONAL DEFENSE STUDENT LOAN PROGRAM allows 
a full-time student, depending upon his financial need, to borrow 
up to $1,000.00 per year. The repayment period begins nine 
months after his graduation or withdrawal from college, with in- 
terest at the rate of 3% per annum beginning to accrue at the 
start of the repayment period. Monthly payments must be at least 
$15.00. If the recipient becomes a full-time teacher in an elemen- 
tary or secondary school or in an institution of higher education 
in the United States, as much as half the loan may be forgiven at 
the rate of 10% for each year of teaching service. Borrowers who 
enter uniformed military service may also cancel half of the loan 
in four years at 12-1/2% cancellation per year of service. 

THE FEDERAL NURSING STUDENT LOAN AND SCHOLAR- 
SHIP PROGRAM is available to students who are enrolled or ac- 
cepted for enrollment in the Nursing program as full-time 

57 



students. Depending upon his financial need, a student may be 
awarded up to $1,500.00 per academic year. Loans are repayable 
over a ten-year period which begins 12 months after he ceases to 
be a full-time nursing student. Interest begins to accrue at the 
start of the repayment period at a rate of 3% per annum. Fifty 
percent of the loan may be cancelled by working full-time as a 
professional nurse in any public or non-profit private institution 
or agency at the rate of 10% for each complete year of em- 
ployment. 

THE COLLEGE WORK-STUDY PROGRAM provides assistance for 
those students who are in need of earnings from part-time em- 
ployment in order to attend college. The Program allows the in- 
stitution to create jobs on or off campus. The student who is 
enrolled full-time for three quarters per year may work up to 
three hours per day. Preference must be given to students from 
low-income families (less than $7,500.00 annual income). 

THE LAW ENFORCEMENT EDUCATION PROGRAM provides 
grants to cover tuition and fees for law enforcement officers who 
are employed full-time and who attend Armstrong State College 
as part-time students. The program also provides loans to cover 
direct educational costs for students enrolled full-time in 
academic programs leading to degrees in areas directly related to 
law enforcement. Students should apply for loans and/or grants 
each quarter that financial aid is desired. Upon graduation from 
college, borrowers may cancel their obligation at the rate of 25% 
for each year they are employed full-time as a law enforcement 
officer in a police, correction, or court agency. 

OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID AT 
ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 

INSTITUTIONAL SHORT-TERM LOANS are available in cases of 
emergencies to students who are enrolled full-time. These loans 
are made on a first-come first-served basis at an interest rate of 
3% . Short-term loan applications should be submitted at least 
two weeks before the loan is needed. Loans must be repaid by the 
end of the quarter during which they are made. Short-term loans 
are sponsored through the following funds: 

John Brovo Memorial Fund 

Kiwanis Club of Savannah Memorial Fund 

The Rho Beta Chapter of Sigma Kappa Sorority Loan Fund 

The Exchangette Woman's Club of Savannah 

Rensing Short-Term Loan Fund 

The Senior Class Loan Fund 

58 



THE BARNEY MINKOFF PADEREWSK1 MEMORIAL FUND 
makes available to Georgia students In the Dental Hygiene 

program loans up to $500.00 per year, interest (nn>. Students must 
have a financial need and maintain outstanding academic per- 
formances as they progress normally in their studies. Repayment 
begins six months after graduation or withdrawal from college, 
with a minimum payment of $50.00 per month. 

THE TY COBB EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP is 
available to single residents of the state of Georgia who have 
completed the freshman year of college with high academic 
standing. Further information may be obtained from: The Ty 
Cobb Foundation, 244 Washington Street, Room 448, Atlanta, 
Georgia 30334. The deadline for applications is May 1. 

THE WILLIAM F. COOPER EDUCATIONAL FUND provides 
tuition scholarships for female students in all fields of study ex- 
cept law, theology, and medicine (nursing and medical 
technology are acceptable). Apply to: Trust Department, Savan- 
nah Bank and Trust Company, between January 1 and May 31. 

THE INSTITUTIONAL STUDENT ASSISTANCE PROGRAM 
provides jobs for students who do not necessarily have a financial 
need. Upon recommendation of a Department Head, the student 
should apply to the Director of Financial Aid. 

THE SAVANNAH CHAPTER, NATIONAL SECRETARIES 
ASSOCIATION provides one scholarship covering tuition, fees, 
and expenses for a female student majoring in secretarial 
science. Apply to high school counselor or typing teacher. 

THE PICKETT AND HATCHER EDUCATIONAL FUND provides 
loans at a reasonable interest rate to students in need of finan- 
cial assistance to attend college. Apply directly to: Pickett and 
Hatcher Educational Fund, P. O. Box 1238, Columbus, Georgia. 

CHATHAM ARTILLERY SCHOLARSHIPS in the amount of 
$250.00 each are available to members of the Chatham Artillery 
who are attending college full-time. Apply to the Chatham Ar- 
tillery. 

THE SAVANNAH PHARMACEUTICAL ASSOCIATION 
SCHOLARSHIP provides $200.00 for a freshman student 
majoring in pre-pharmacy at Armstrong State College (or the 
University of Georgia). Apply to: Mr. Thomas C. Crumbley, Chair- 
man, Scholarship Committee, Savannah Pharmaceutical 

59 



Association, c/o Crumbley's Pharmacy, 1502 Waters Avenue, 
Savannah, Georgia. 

THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF AMERICAN BUSINESS 
CLUBS provides scholarships for college juniors and seniors 
majoring in speech correction. Apply to: National Association of 
Business Clubs, School Program Committee, P. 0. Box 5127, High 
Point, North Carolina 27262. Deadline for fall and winter quar- 
ters is May 1 and for spring quarter, October 31. 

SENIOR YEAR SCHOLARSHIPS FOR WOMEN are made available 
each year by the United States Army for young women who have 
completed their junior years or who are first semester seniors. 
Each scholarship pays the recipient $425.00 per month during her 
senior year. Interested students should obtain further infor- 
mation from: Headquarters, United States Army Third 
Recruiting District, 1628 Virginia Avenue, College Park, Georgia 
30337. 




60 



"•:, 



it 



VI. Academic Regulations 



ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT 

Academic advisement is made available to each student at Arm- 
strong State College. The Dean of the College coordinates the 
academic advisement program at the freshman-sophomore levels, 
appointing faculty advisors from the various departments upon the 
recommendations of Department Heads. Academic advisement at 
the junior-senior levels is coordinated by the Department Head in 
the department in which the student is taking a major. All advisors 
maintain records of his advisees' academic progress from quarter to 
quarter. The student who does not take advantage of the academic 
advisement program at the College should be reminded that he is 
responsible for fulfilling the requirements of his degree program 
and must be extremely careful to observe all regulations for ad- 
mission to courses, such as the requirement of prerequisite courses, 
sometimes with a specified grade. Credit for a course is invalid 
unless all prerequisite requirements are observed. 

During orientation and before registration, all new students, 
both freshmen and transfer students, will meet with faculty ad- 
visors. The faculty advisors will guide them at this time in mapping 
out a schedule for the fall quarter. The proper time for meeting with 
'acuity advisors from that point on is during the pre-advisement 
periods each quarter listed in the college calendar. All faculty ad- 
visors, however, will be happy to give academic counselling at any 
time during a given quarter, if students need to talk with them. 

During the six quarters of his junior and senior years, the student 
must have his course selection approved in writing each quarter 
before registration by an advisor from the department in which he 
is majoring. During these last two years, the advisor will keep a 
record of the courses the student takes and the grades he makes, 
and, during the fall quarter of his senior year, the advisor will 
signify to the Registrar that the student has completed all 
requirements for graduation in his major program up to that time, 
and is, therefore, recommended for graduation upon his completion 
Df the remaining requirements in his degree program. 



RELATING TO DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

1. Each student is responsible for fulfilling the requirements of the 
degree program which he has chosen, in accordance with the 
regulations of the college catalogue. 

61 



2. Exceptions to course requirements for a degree are permitted 

only with the written approval of the Dean of the College upon 
the recommendation of the department head. 

3. A student will graduate under the catalogue in effect at the time 

of his admission to the college. However, after an absence from 
Armstrong State College of two or more consecutive years, a 
student must meet the requirements of the catalogue in effect 
at the time of his return. 

4. Not more than one-fourth of the work counted toward a degree 

may consist of courses taken by correspondence or extension. 
No correspondence courses may be used to meet the 
requirements in the major field or related fields for the 
Bachelor's degree or in English composition or foreign 
language. No correspondence courses may be taken while a 
student is enrolled, without prior approval of the Dean of the 
College and the head of the department in which the student is 
majoring. 

5. By state law, one of the requirements for a diploma or certificate 

from schools supported by the State of Georgia is a demon- 
stration of proficiency in United States history and govern- 
ment and in Georgia history and government. A student at 
Armstrong State College may demonstrate such proficiency by: 

(1) Examinations- 
Students may take either the relevant CLEP, SAT 
Achievement, or Advanced Placement tests (making their own 
arrangements), or the two hour exam given by the Department 
of History and Political Science. The departmental exam, 
which may be repeated only once is given each September 
preceding registration, and once each quarter on the Monday 
before pre-registration week. Dates are listed in the college 
calendar as printed in the Bulletin and in the annual schedule 
of classes. 

(2) Credit in the following— 

for U. S. and Georgia Constitution: Political Science 113 
for U. S. and Georgia History: History 251 or 252 or any upper 
division course in U. S. History. 

6. To qualify for the baccalaureate degree, a student must earn at 

Armstrong the last 45 quarter hours of credit applicable toward 
the degree; and he must complete successfully at Armstrong at 
least half of the courses required in his major field of study. 
When circumstances warrant his doing so, the Dean of the 
College may permit a student to complete up to ten of the last 
45 quarter hours of credit at another college. (A request for per- 
mission to complete more than ten of these last 45 hours 
elsewhere will be referred to the Committee on Academic Stan- 
ding.) 

62 



BO 

tfca 
Ser 

: 

T 
pa 



7. For graduation the student must earn an over-all average of 2 Oor 

better considering work taken at all colleges, computed in such 
manner that a course will be counted only once, regardless of 
the number of times that it has been repeated. The grade 
earned in the last attempt will determine the number of honor 
points assigned for graduation. Additionally, the student must 
earn a grade point average of 2.0 or better on each of the 
following: 

a. all work at Armstrong; 

b. all courses in the major field. 

(For regulations on grade point average governing probation 
and dismissal, see page 66.) 

8. To qualify for a second baccalaureate degree, a candidate must 

earn at Armstrong at least 45 additional hours of credit and, of 
course, meet all qualitative requirements for the degree. 

9. Before a degree will be conferred upon a student by Armstrong 

State College, he must pay all fees and must notify the 
Registrar in writing at least by the end of the preceding Fall 
Quarter of his intention to graduate. A candidate for a degree, 
unless excused in writing by the President, Dean of the College, 
or Dean of Student Affairs, must attend the graduation exer- 
cise at which a degree is to be conferred upon him. 



COURSE AND STUDY LOAD 

The normal course load for full-time students is 15-18 quarter 
hours (and a course in physical education during the freshman and 
sophomore years). An average student should devote at least thirty 
hours each week, in addition, to course preparation. 

A full-time student is defined as one who is registered for 12 or 
more quarter hours. A part-time student is one registered for less 
than 12 quarter hours. (The Veterans Administration and Selective 
Service regulations often require that the student be enrolled for 
more than 12 quarter hours to be classified as a full-time student.) 

The maximum course load for a student who works full-time is 11 
quarter hours. A working student should plan about ten hours 
preparation for each 5 quarter hour course. 



CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS 

A student who has earned 45 quarter hours of credit will be 
classified as a sophomore; 90 quarter hours of credit, as a junior; 135 
quarter hours of credit, as a senior. 

63 



PERMISSION FOR OVERLOAD OR COURSES 
AT ANOTHER COLLEGE 

Permission to enroll for more than 18 quarter hours will be gran- 
ted by the Registrar to a student 

a) with an average grade of "B" for the preceding quarter, or 

b) in an engineering program, or 

c) requiring an extra course in one of the two quarters prior to 
graduation. 

No student will be allowed to register for more than 21 quarter 
hours in any one quarter. 

A student who is on academic probation will not be permitted to 
register for more than 18 quarter hours in any one quarter. 

Exceptions to these limitations may be made only by the Dean of 
the College. 

A student enrolled at Armstrong who at the same time takes 
courses for credit at another college may not transfer such credit to 
Armstrong, unless he has obtained in advance the written per- 
mission of the Dean of Armstrong State College to register for 
those courses. 



REPORTS AND GRADES 

The faculty feels that students in college should be held accoun- 
table for their scholarship. Accordingly, grade reports, warnings of, 
deficient scholarship and all such notices are not sent to parents or 
guardians by the Registrar except on request. Instead, the students 
themselves receive these reports and are expected to contact their 
advisers whenever their work is unsatisfactory. Grade reports are 
issued at the end of each quarter. Reports of unsatisfactory grades 
are issued in the middle of each quarter. Each student has access to 
an adviser; in addition, the Registrar and all instructors are 
available to help any student seeking assistance. 



Reports are based on the following system of grading. 
GRADE HONOR POINTS 

A 4.0 

B 3.0 

C 2.0 

D 1.0 

F 

I Incomplete 
W Withdrew with no grade 
WF Withdrew failing 
NC No credit 

64 



A student who receives an "I" (incomplete grade) should consult 
his instructor at once and arrange to complete the requirements of 

the course. An "I" grade which has not been removed by the middle 
of the succeeding quarter automatically becomes an "F". 

HONORS 

Dean's List: Students enrolled at Armstrong for at least ten quar- 
ter hours of course work who earn an honor point average of at least 
3.3 will be placed on the Dean's List, published quarterly. 

Cum Laude: Those students graduating with an honor point 
average of 3.2 through 3.499 will be graduated cum laude. 

Magna Cum Laude: Those students graduating with an honor 
point average of 3.5 through 3.799 will be graduated magna cum 
laude. 

Summa Cum Laude: Those students graduating with an honor 
point average of 3.8 through 4.0 will be graduated summa cum laude. 

All work attempted at Armstrong and other accredited in- 
stitutions will be considered in computing honors for graduation. 

ATTENDANCE 

The control of student attendance at class meetings and the ef- 
fect of a student's attendance on his grades in a course are left en- 
tirely to the discretion of the instructor. 

A student is responsible for knowing everything that is announ- 
ced, discussed, or lectured upon in class as well as for mastering all 
assigned reading; he is also responsible for turning in on time all 
assignments and tests, including recitation and unannounced quiz- 
zes. The best way to meet these responsibilities is to attend classes 
(regularly. An instructor may drop a student from any class with a 
grade of "F" if he thinks that excessive absence prevents that 
student from satisfactorily fulfilling his responsibilities. If such ex- 
cessive absence is the result of prolonged illness, death in the 
family, college business, or religious holidays, the withdrawal grade 
will be either "W" or "F" depending on the student's status at the 
time he was dropped. Instructors will be responsible for informing 
each of his classes at its first meeting what constitutes excessive 
absence in that particular class. Each student is responsible for 
'knowing the attendance regulation in his class and for complying 
'with it. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAM 

All students who are enrolled for ten quarter hours or more on the 
jiay schedule are required to complete six hours of physical 

65 



education. During their freshman year, students should tak 
Physical Education 117 (Basic Health) and Physical Education 10 
(Elementary Swimming). During their sophomore year, student 
may elect any three Physical Education activity courses with th 
last two numbers being between 01 to 09. 

Any student who holds a valid senior life saving certificat 
and/or a valid water safety instructor certificate and/or passes th 
Armstrong swimming test may be exempted from the require- 
swimming course (Physical Education 103). 

A student graduating with an Associate in Arts Degree in les 
than six quarters must take one course in each quarter of his fresh 
man and sophomore years. 

Students enrolled in the Associate in Arts Degree program ii 
nursing are required to complete three physical education courses 

A student who has completed at least six months of military ser 
vice is required to take only four courses of physical education 
which he may choose from all scheduled offerings, during his fresh 
man and sophomore years. 

Physical education is not required of anyone who is beyond th< 
age of 25 at the time of initial matriculation, or of anyone enrolle( 
primarily in evening classes. 

The department requires all students to make up excused absen 
ces; unexcused absences lower the final grade. 

ACADEMIC PROBATION AND DISMISSAL 

A student failing to maintain the gradepoint average indicatec 
for quarter hours attempted will be placed on academic probation 

Quarter Hours Attempted at Required Cumulative 

Armstrong and Elsewhere GPA 



0-15 1.3 

16-30 1.4 

31-45 1.5 

46-60 1.6 

61-75 1.7 

76-90 1.8 

91-105 1.9 

106-120 1.9 

121-135 and over 2.0 



\i 



' 



A student on academic probation who raises his cumulative 
gradepoint average during the probationary quarter to equal or ex- 5j 

66 



'ceed the appropriate figure in the foregoing table will be returned 
ito good standing. One who fails to achieve the required cumulative 

•average, but docs earn an average of at least 2.0 for the quarter, will 
'be continued on probation for the next quarter of attendance. 

The student on academic probation who does not achieve the 
[required cumulative average or who does not earn an average of at 
'least 2.0 for the quarter in which he is on probation will be 
^dismissed from the college for one quarter. A third such academic 
dismissal will be final. 

A student re-entering the college after academic dismissal is 
placed on probation and must meet the requirement listed above. 

A student dismissed for academic reasons may appeal by letter to 
the President, who will refer the appeal to the Committee on 
Academic Standing. Such a letter of appeal should state the nature 
of any extenuating circumstances relating to the academic 
deficiency; the letter must be received by the President no later 
than 9 a.m. on registration day. 



REPEATING COURSES 

Any course for which a grade of 'D', 'F', 'WF', 'W, or T has been 
recorded may be repeated with the last grade earned to be counted 
in academic averages. A student who repeats any such courses 
should fill in a "Notice of Course Repetition" form available in the 
Registrar's Office. 



DROPPING COURSES 

A student desiring to drop a course after the quarter has begun 
must obtain a Drop-Add Notice in the Office of Student Affairs. 
The notice must be signed by the instructor of the course being 
dropped and returned by the student to the Registrar's Office. 

A student who drops a course not more than seven class days af- 
;er the course begins will receive no grade for the course. A student 
vho drops a course after the first seven class days and before the 
ast eight class days, will receive a grade of "W" or "F" depending 
>n his status in the course. A student may not voluntarily drop a 
course during the last eight class days of a quarter. 



WITHDRAWING FROM COLLEGE 

Any student who finds it necessary to withdraw from college 
must begin the process in the Office of Student Affairs. A formal 

67 



withdrawal is required to insure that the student is eligible tc 
return to Armstrong State College at a future date. Any refund tc 
which a student is entitled will be considered on the basis of the 
date which appears on the withdrawal form. 



AUDITING 

A regular student wishing to "audit" a course without receiving 
credit must obtain the written permission of the instructor befon 
he registers for the course. During the registration process the 
student should request a special "audit" course card. (Policy foi 
some courses forbids "auditing.") An "auditor" cannot change tc 
regular credit status after the first week of class. A student may no1 
change from credit status to audit status after the first seven class 
meetings. A student who registers for a course as an "auditor' 
receives no credit, "N.C.", on his transcript. Regular schedules ol 
fees apply to auditors. 



RISING JUNIOR TESTING PROGRAM 

University System policy requires that all rising juniors complet 
tests of writing skills and reading comprehension. For the purpos 
of this program, students who have earned between 60 and 7 
academic hours are classified as rising juniors and will be notifie< 
of the date and time of the test administration. 



HONOR CODE 

The Honor Code at Armstrong State College is dedicated to th 
proposition that the protection of the grading system is in the in 
terest of the student community. The Honor Council is an in 
stitutional means to assure that the student community shall hav 
primary disposition of infractions of the Honor Code and tha 
students accused of such infractions shall enjoy those procedura 
guarantees traditionally considered essential to a fair and impar 
tial hearing, the foremost of which is the presumption of innocenc 
until guilt be established beyond a reasonable doubt. 

I. Responsibilities of Students: 

All students must agree to abide by the rules of the Honor Code 
A student shall not be accepted at Armstrong State College 
unless he signs the following statement at the time of his firs* 
registration: "I have read the Honor Code of Armstrong Stat< 

68 



College. I understand the Code and agree that as a student at 

Armstrong, I must comply with these requirements." This 
statement shall be printed on the application for admission to 
the college and must be signed by the student. The Honor Code 
shall be printed in the official Bulletin and the Student Hand- 
book. 

It will be the responsibility of the Honor Council or its 
designated representative to conduct an orientation program at 
the beginning of each quarter for all newly entering students to 
explain fully the Honor Code and to allow full discussion of its 
requirements. 

Any student desiring assistance with any matter related to the 
Honor Code is invited to seek assistance in the Office of Student 
Affairs. 

. Violations of the Honor Code: 

Violations of the Honor Code may be of two kinds: (a) general 
and (b) those related to the peculiarities of specific course-related 
problems and to the understanding of individual instructors. 
Any instructor whose conception of cheating would tend to 
enlarge or contract the general regulations defining cheating 
must explicitly notify the affected students of the qualifications 
to the general regulations which he wishes to stipulate. The 
following will be considered general violations of the Honor 
Code: 

1. Giving or receiving any unauthorized help on any assignment, 
test or paper. The meaning of "unauthorized help" shall be 
made clear by the instructor of each class. 

2. Stealing when related to cheating. 

3. Plagiarizing. 

4. Giving perjured testimony before the Honor Council. 

5. Suborning, attempting to suborn, or intimidating witnesses. 

6. Failing to report a suspected violation of the Honor Code. 



I. Reporting Violations of the Honor Code: 

Anyone wishing to report a violation may come to the Office of 
Student Affairs for assistance in contacting members of the 
Honor Council. 

69 



A. Self- reporting: A student who has broken the Honor Code 
should report himself to a member of the Honor Council. 

B. Anyone (faculty member or student) who is aware of a 
violation of the Honor Code must report the matter. This may 
be done in one of two ways. 

1. He may tell the person thought to be guilty to report himself 
to a member of the Honor Council no later than the end of 
the next school day. After this designated time, the person 
who is aware of the violation must inform a member of the 
Honor Council so that the Honor Council may contact the 
accused person if he has not already reported himself. 



2. He may report the suspected violation directly to a member 
of the Honor Council without informing the accused. 



IV. The procedural rights of students accused of violations of the 
Honor Code: 

The essence of the procedural rights of an accused is the right to 
a fair and impartial hearing and the right to be presumed in- 
nocent until proven guilty. Specific rights are as follows: 

1. Honor Council members shall examine their consciences 
carefully to determine whether they can, in good conscience, 
serve on a panel hearing a particular case, and, in the event 
that there is any doubt whatsoever, such members will excuse 
themselves from duty on the specific panel in question. 

2. The accused will be notified in writing by the Honor Council 
or its designated representative of the nature and details of 
the offense with which he is charged along with the names of 
his accusers and the principal witnesses to be brought against i. 
him. This notification shall occur no less than three class days 
prior to the date of the hearing. 






Ti 



3. The accused has the right to counsel of his own choosing. Such al 
counsel will not participate directly in the proceedings except to 
to advise his client. It is expected that such counsel will be 
drawn from the college community. 



4. The accused and the person bringing the charges shall be af- 
forded an opportunity to present witnesses and documentary 
or other evidence. The accused and any individual bringing the 



70 



charges shall have the right to cross examine all witnesses and 
may, where the witnesses cannot appear because of illness or 
other cause acceptable to the Council, present the sworn 
statement of the witnesses. The Council shall not be bound by 
formal rules governing the presentation of evidence, and it 
may consider any evidence presented which is of probative 
value in the case. 

5. The accused may not be made to bear witness against himself. 
The Council may not take the refusal of accused to testify as 
evidence of guilt, but this proviso does not give the accused im- 
munity from a hearing or from recommendations reached in a 
hearing simply because the accused does not testify. 

6. The accused shall have access to a complete audiotape of the 
hearing and to the record prepared by the secretary. 

7. The substantive facts of a case may be re-opened for con- 
sideration upon initiation of the accused acting through nor- 
mal appeal channels. The accused shall not be put in double 
jeopardy. 

8. All witnesses will be sequestered from the hearing room 
during the course of a hearing. Witnesses may not discuss a 
pending case. 

9. By prior agreement, the accused will be allowed such observers 
of the hearing as may be commensurate with the space 
available. Otherwise, in the interests of the right of privacy of 
the accused, hearings will be private, except that the College 
may also have observers additional to the advisors to the Honor 
Council. 



. Composition and Formation of the Honor Council and The 
onor Code Commission: 

The Honor Council will be composed of twelve students; three of 
whom shall be designated by the Honor Code Commission as 
alternates who will serve in the place of regular members unable 
to serve at a given hearing. 

A. Honor Council members will be selected by an Honor Code 
Commission which shall consist of the President, Vice- 
President and Secretary of the Student Body and the current 
President and Secretary of the Honor Council together with 
three faculty members appointed by the President of the 

71 



College. In order to conduct business, the Commission must 
have present at least three of its five student members, one of 
which must be an Honor Council officer, and two of its three 
faculty members. 

B. The Commission will give due consideration to equitable ap- 
portionment of Council members on the basis of academic 
class, race, and sex. Students on academic probation may not 
serve. All appointments will be issued and accepted in writing. 
Appointments will be made during Spring Quarter in time for 
the Honor Council to assume its duties which shall begin on 
May 1. Appointments will be made as needed to keep the Honor 
Council staffed to do business on a reasonably prompt basis. 
These appointments may constitute permanent or temporary 
replacements as the Honor Code Commission deems necessary. 

C. The Honor Council will elect a President and a Secretary from 
its membership. The President will preside at all hearings. The 
Secretary will maintain written notes on all proceedings and 
audiotape records of all testimony, and will maintain exhibits 
or copies of exhibits of evidence which by their nature may 
reasonably be maintained in the Council files. 

D. Constituency of the Honor Council during the summer term 
shall include all appointed members in attendance, and others 
as shall be appointed to membership by the Honor Code Com- 
mission. 

VI. Procedures and Penalties Adopted by the Honor Council: 

The Honor Council shall formulate its own bylaws governing in- 
ternal organization and procedure. Such bylaws must be con- 
sistent with the Honor Code. 

A. Nine members, including the President and Secretary, will 
normally hear a case. A quorum shall consist of seven and may 
hear a case. 

B. Hearings shall be called by the Council President to be held 
on a date not less than three (3) nor more than ten (10) class 
days after notice to the accused as provided in Section IV-2. 
Exceptions to these time requirements may be granted. 






C. A two-thirds majority secret ballot vote is required to reach a 
finding of guilty. All other questions may be settled by a sim- 
ple majority vote. 






D. Upon reaching a finding of guilty, the Council shall mak< 

recommendation to the Dean of the College as to the ad- 
ministrative action it deems appropriate within the following 
limitations: 

1. A minimum penalty shall be loss of assignment or teal 

credit for the assignment or test for violations involving 
cheating as specified in Section II, subsections 1, 2 and 3. 
Additional penalties such as reprimands, suspension, or 
others may be recommended for any aspects of Section II. 

2. Maximum penalty for a first offense of any type shall be 
suspension for a full calendar year. 

3. Maximum penalty for a second offense may be suspension 
for three years. 

E. Immediately following a hearing, the accused will be in- 
formed of the Council's finding, and its recommendation to the 
Dean of the College. If the finding is guilty, the accused will be 
informed that the Council may re-open the case with the con- 
sent of the accused for good cause, within a three week period. 

F. The Dean of the College will inform all involved persons in 
writing of the action he has taken in view of Council recom- 
mendations. The Council Secretary will post public notice of 
the Dean's action by case number without identifying the ac- 
cused. 



HI. Appeals of Findings and Penalties: 

Should a student have cause to question the findings of the Coun- 
cil or the action of the Dean of the College or both, he has the 
right of appeal. The channels of appeal are as follows: 

A. Council findings and/or the administrative action of the 
Dean of the College may be appealed within five days by 
writing the President of the College. Further appeal procedures 
will conform to the appeal procedures of the College and of the 
Policies of the Board of Regents, University System of Georgia 
(a copy of these policies is available in the Library; see chapter 
on Students, section on appeals, page 165, 1969 edition). 

VIII. Supervision of the Honor Council: 

As an institutional means of responding to reported infractions 
of the Honor Code, the Honor Council is ultimately responsible to 
the President of the College. 

73 



Supervision of the Honor Council will be accomplished ordinarily 
through the following individuals: 

A. Dean of Student Affairs 

In accordance with Article IV, Section F, of the College 
Statutes, the Dean of Student Affairs will provide general 
supervision of the Honor Council and will provide other 
guidance or services as directed by the President of the College. 

B. Advisor and Associate Advisor 

1. An advisor and an associate advisor to the Honor Council 
will be appointed by the President of the College. 

2. Ordinarily, the advisor will serve in that office for one year! 
only and usually will be succeeded in that position by thej 
associate advisor. 

Therefore, after the initial appointments, only an associate jl 
advisor will ordinarily be appointed each year. The suc-L 
cession of associate to the advisor position is deemed to oc- 
cur on the last day of the Spring Quarter. 

In the event that for some reason the advisor is unable to 
complete his term, the associate advisor shall succeed to the 
office of advisor and another associate advisor shall be ap- 
pointed by the above procedures. If, during the Summer 
Quarter, neither advisor is on campus, a temporary advisor 
will be appointed. 

3. Duties of the Advisor and the Associate Advisor: 
It shall be the duty of the advisor to consult with the Council 
and to offer advice to the President and members of their 
Council on substantive and procedural questions. The ad-1 
visor, or the associate advisor in the event the advisor is 
unable to attend, shall be present at all meetings and 
hearings of the Council. The advisor may not vote nor may 
he participate directly in the conduct of hearings before the 
Council except through the President, or acting President, of 
the Council. The advisor should be governed at all times by 
the principle that a hearing before the Honor Council is 
primarily a matter of student responsibility. 



«i 



IX. Revision of the Honor Code will require confirmation by 
majority vote of those faculty and student body members voting. 

74 



i 



GRADUATE PROGRAM REGULATIONS 
Academic regulations relating to graduate programs are 

jblished in the Graduate Bulletin. Further information may be ob- 

lined from the Associate Dean for Graduate Studies at either Arm- 
rong State College or Savannah State College. 




VII. Student Services, Activities 

The Office of Student Affairs, administered by the Dean of 
Student Affairs, is responsible for all student services and ac- 
tivities. In addition to formal classroom instruction, the College 
recognizes the need for providing programs and services which con- 
tribute to a well-rounded college experience. Such programs are ad- 
ministered by the Office of Student Affairs through the following 
individuals: Registrar, Admissions Officer, Counselors, Director of 
Financial Aid, Director of Student Activities, and the Campus 
Nurse. 

ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT 

Before and during registration, members of the faculty are 
available to students for assistance in the selection of course work 
and in the scheduling of classes. Information concerning degree 
requirements and college regulations is provided and topics oi 
general academic interest may be discussed. 

By the end of the sophomore year, students are required to 
designate a major field and are assigned to a faculty adviser in that 
area. The faculty adviser then works closely with the student in 
planning a program leading to the successful completion of degree 
requirements. Additional information on academic advisement is 
given in the "Academic Regulations" section of this bulletin. 

COUNSELING SERVICES 

The faculty and administration of Armstrong State College 
recognize that students are frequently confronted with difficult 
and important decisions. In some instances, students need the com- 
petent assistance of professional persons who have been trained tc 
deal with the specific problems of college students. 

In light of these needs, counselors are located in the Office 01 
Student Affairs to help students (1) clarify educational anc 
vocational objectives, (2) develop effective study skills and habits 
and (3) deal with problems of social and emotional significance 
Services are available to all students at no charge. 

ORIENTATION 

Orientation for freshmen is scheduled prior to registration foi 
the Fall Quarter. The program is designed to assist students ir 
making the transition from high school to college and to acquainl 
them with school policies, traditions, and procedures. The Orien 
tation Program includes an introduction to faculty and ad- 
ministration; a presentation of the purposes of Armstrong State 

76 



College; instruction concerning the college's regulations and re- 

Iuirement8; an introduction to student leaders and student ac- 
tivities; a survey of the facilities of the school; and an opportunity 
for the student to plan a program with counselors. Attendance is re- 
quired. 

PLACEMENT OFFICE 

The Placement Office, located in the Office of Student Affairs, 
assists Armstrong State College graduates in securing business and 
professional positions. Any senior desiring assistance in securing 
employment should contact this office. 

CONDUCT 

( Every student who enrolls in a course at Armstrong State College 
commits himself, by the act of enrolling, to full compliance with the 
rules and regulations of the Honor System and Code of Conduct. 
The Honor System is outlined under "Academic Regulations" in 
this Bulletin and the Code of Conduct is published in the ARM- 
STRONG STUDENT HANDBOOK. 

Compliance with the regulations and policies of the faculty of 
Armstrong State College and the Regents of the University System 
)f Georgia is assumed. To enroll is to agree to assume responsibility 
or obeying and to agree to use established channels to promote 
change. Not to do so is sufficient basis for the college to terminate 
he contract. 



STUDENT ACTIVITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS 

In addition to an outstanding academic program, Armstrong 
State College offers a complete program of extra-curricular student 
.ctivities designed to contribute to the development of the student 
nd to assist him in becoming an active and productive member of 
he community in which he lives. 

Student organizations at Armstrong State College reflect the 
latural variety of interests found in a diversified student body. In- 
lividuals who seek a well-rounded education will avail themselves 
f the varied opportunities afforded through the college program of 
tudent activities. 

A variety of clubs and organizations representing varied in- 
erests and activities are available to students at Armstrong State 
'ollege. These include the following: 

77 



Religious: 

United Christians on Campus 

Baptist Student Union 
Greeks: 

Alpha Gamma Delta Sorority 

Sigma Kappa Sorority 

Phi Mu Sorority 

Phi Kappa Theta Fraternity 

Pi Kappa Phi Fraternity 

Pi Kappa Alpha Fraternity 
Professional: 

Student Nurses Association of Georgia 

Future Secretaries Association 

Student Association of Educators 

American Junior Dental Hygienists Association 

Armstrong State College Mathematics Association 

Sigma Alpha Eta (Speech Correction) 

American Chemical Society 
Interest: 

Glee Club 

Band 

Chess Club 

Cheerleaders 

Student Operation Survival 

Masquers 

Young Democrats 

Awareness Through Community Action (ATCA) 

Buccaneers 

Black American Movement 
Honorary: 

Delta Lamba Alpha (Scholastic honorary for freshman women 

Phi Delta Theta (History) 

Pi Delta Phi (French) 



STUDENT GOVERNMENT 

The Student Government Association is the official governinj 
body of the students at Armstrong State College. It assists in for 
mulating a program of student services and activities, and i 
strives to express the will of the majority of students and to provid 
experience in democratic living. 

All students are automatically members of the Student Govern 
ment Association and are entitled to vote in SGA elections 
Qualified students may seek positions of leadership in the Studen 
Government Association by running for office during the sprinj 
quarter. 

78 






ti 



STUDENT PUBLICATIONS 

The two official student publications on campus arc the Inkwell 
(the college newspaper) and the Geechee (the college annual). Both 
publications are produced entirely by students under the super- 
vision of qualified members of the Faculty. Financed in part by the 
Student Activity Fund, these publications provide opportunities for 
students in creative writing, reporting, and design. 

HEALTH 

Armstrong State College maintains a campus infirmary where a 
registered nurse is on duty from 8:15 a.m. until 5 p.m. Students who 
Decome ill or who are involved in accidents while on campus should 
lot hesitate to avail themselves of this service. 

The college also makes available, on a voluntary basis, a student 
lealth and accident insurance policy. The cost of the policy is $12 
'or a full year. Information regarding the program may be secured 
n the Office of Student Affairs. 



DENTAL HYGIENE SERVICES 

The Dental Hygiene Clinic is available to students who wish to 
eceive free oral examinations under the supervision of a dentist 
nd registered hygienists. 



ALUMNI OFFICE 

The primary purposes of the Alumni Office are to keep former 
tudents informed about the college and to help them keep in touch 
nth each other. Any person who at any time was matriculated as a 
egular student is eligible for membership in the Alumni 
issociation and, upon payment of his dues, will receive association 
eriodicals, and may vote and hold office in the Association. The 

lumni Office assists in arranging class reunions, board meetings, 
nd other functions. For further information contact the Alumni 
ecretary in the Office of Student Affairs. 



HOUSING 

Private apartments for male, female, and married students are 
mailable within walking distance of Armstrong State College. For 
^rther information regarding housing, please contact the Office of 
;tudent Affairs. 

79 



ATHLETICS 

Armstrong State College participates in inter-collegiate athletic 
competition in basketball, baseball, golf, bowling, cross country 
track events. 



INTRAMURALS 

The Student Intramural Council and Intramural Department pro 
vide a diversified program available to all students and faculty in 
eluding organized competitive sports, recreational activities, an( 
clubs. Any student interested in participating in these activitie 
should contact the Director of Intramurals. 



CULTURAL OPPORTUNITIES 

Armstrong State College provides a variety of cultural oppor 
tunities for its students. Lectures by eminent scholars in th 
various academic fields and musical concerts by outstanding artist 
are an integral part of the program in general education. Studen 
dramatic productions under professional direction and the studen 
choral society have created distinguished traditions for thes 
groups. 



:: 




VIM. DEGREE PROGRAMS 

UNIVERSITY SYSTEM CORE CURRICULUM 

Each unit in the University System of Georgia requires as a Core 
Curriculum for all baccalaureate degree programs the following 
minimum number of quarter hours in the major areas of study: 

Areas of Study Minimum Quarter 

Hours Required 

'.. Humanities, including, but not limited to, 

grammar and composition and literature 20 

I. Mathematics and the natural sciences, includ- 
ing but not limited to, mathematics and a 10- 
hour sequence of laboratory courses in the bio- 
logical or physical sciences 20 

II. Social Sciences, including, but not limited to, 
history and American government 20 

V. Courses appropriate to the major field of the in- 
dividual student 30 

TOTAL 90 

n addition to the University System Core Curriculum require- 
lents as outlined above, Armstrong State College requires six quar- 
Br hours in physical education as part of all baccalaureate degree 
rograms. 



RMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE CORE CURRICULUM 

The student in any baccalaureate degree program at Armstrong 
tate College must complete the following specific Core Curriculum 
jquirements. 

Quarter Hours 

rea I. Humanities 20 

English 121, 122, and 221 
One of the following courses: 

Art 200, Art 290, Art 291, Music 200, 

Philosophy 201, English 222 

81 



! 



Area II. Mathematics and the Natural Sciences 2( 

One of the following course sequences: 
Mathematics 101, 102 
Mathematics 190, 195 
Mathematics 190, 220 
Mathematics 190, 290 
Mathematics 190, 250 

One of the following course sequences: 
Biology 101, 102 
Chemistry 121, 122 
Chemistry 128, 129 
Physics 211, 212 
Physics 217, 218 
Physical Science 121, 122 

Area III. Social Sciences 2$ 

History 114*, 115* 
Political Science 113* 
One course selected from: 
Psychology 101, Sociology 201, Anthropology 201, 
Economics 201 

Area IV. Courses Appropriate to the Major Field 3 



Biology: Qtr. Hrs 

(30 qtr. hrs. to be selected) 

Foreign Language 101, 102 

Chemistry 128, 129 

Biology 101, 102 

Botany 203 

Zoology 204 

Business Administration: Qtr. Hn 

B.A. 211, 212 1 

Economics 201, 202 

Mathematics 220 

B.A. 200 or 205 



If 

1 ; 



I 
22 



Business Education: Qtr. 

Psychology 101 

Elective from: Art 200, 290, 291; 

Music 200, Philosophy 201, 

English 222 

Education 203 

Fifteen qtr. hrs. to be selected from: 

B.A. 211, 212; Mathematics 220; 

Speech 228 



Hri 



82 



Qtr 


Hn 

15 

10 


Qtr, 


Hn 

5 

5 


15 




5 



*V7hw/.sY/;v. 
Physics 211, 212, 213 
Chemistry 281, 282 
Mathematics 104 

Criminal Justice: 

History 251* or 252* 

Speech 228 

C. J. 100, 200, 201 

'Psychology 101 or Sociology 201 

Dental Hygiene Education: Qtr. Hrs. 

[Nutrition 105 5 

[Health 107 5 

[Sociology 201 or Psychology 101 5 

jgpeech 228 5 

D. H. 101, 102, 104 11 

Elementary Education: Qtr. Hrs. 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 203 5 

Elective from: Art 200, 290, 291; 
I Music 200; Philosophy 201; 

English 222 5 

Fifteen qtr. hrs. to be selected from: 

Geography 111; Chemistry, Physics, or 
I Physical Science (100-200 level); 
\ Speech 228 15 

\English: Qtr. Hrs. 

foreign Language 101, 102, 103, 201 20 

Jlectives from: Art 200, 290, 291; 

Music 200; Philosophy 201; English 

222 10 

[French: Qtr. Hrs. 

French 101, 102, 103, 201 20 

jClectives from: Art 200, 290, 291; 

Music 200; Philosophy 201; 
i English 222 10 

\Health Care Administration: Qtr. Hrs. 

History 251* or 252* 5 

psychology 101 or Sociology 201 5 

J. A. 200 or 205 5 

Nursing 101, 102 16 

83 



History: Q tr . Hrs. 

Foreign Language 101, 102, 103, 201 20 

History 251* or 252* 5 

Elective from: Psychology 101; 

Social Work 250; Sociology 201; 

Criminal Justice 200 5 

Mathematics: Qtr. Hrs. 

Math 104, 201, 202, 203 20 

Foreign Language 101, 102 10 

Math Education: Qtr. Hrs. 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 203 5 

Elective from: Art 200, 290, 291; 

Music 200; Philosophy 201; 

English 222 S 

Fifteen qtr. hrs. to be selected from: 

Math 104, 201, 202, 203; 

Speech 228 IS 

Medical Technology: Qtr. Hrs 

History 251* or 252* £ 

Foreign Language 101, 102 1C 

Psychology 101 or Sociology 201 

Physics 211, 212 1C 

** Music: Qtr. Hrs 

Music Theory 111, 112, 113, 

211, 212, 213 1£ 

Applied Music 140, 141, 142, 240 I 

Music 250 (Ensemble) 



Music Education: Qtr. Hrs 

Psychology 101 

Education 203 

Elective from: Art 200, 290, 291; 

Music 200; Philosophy 201; 

English 222 .' 

Fifteen qtr. hrs. to be selected from: 

Music Theory 111, 112, 113, 211, 212, 213; 

Applied Music 140, 141, 142, 240 

Physical Education: Qtr. Hrs. 

Speech 228 I 

Education 203 i 

P.E. 218 I 

Zoology 208, 209 It 

Psychology 101 I 

84 



Political Science: Of^ //, s 

Foreign Language 101, 102, 103, 201 20 

History 251* or 252* 
Math 220 or elective from: 

Psychology 101; S.W. 250; C.J. 200; 

Anthropology 201; Sociology 201 ."> 

** Psychology: Qtr. Hrs. 

Math 220 

Additional Lab Science Sequence 10 

Electives from: Biology 101, 102; 

Anthropology 201; Sociology 201; 

Philosophy 201 15 

Social Work: Qtr. Hrs. 

Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 15 

Sociology 201 5 

History 252* 5 

(Social Work 250 5 

Speech Correction: Qtr. Hrs. 

[History 251* or 252* 5 

Physical Science 121 5 

[Education 203 5 

Mental Health Work 102 5 

Special Education 205 5 

Special Education 225 5 



Area V. Physical Education Requirements (All Programs) 6 

P. E. 103 and P. E. 117 

Three of the following courses: 

P. E. 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 

200, 201, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 

TOTAL 96 

The student should complete all Core Curriculum requirements 
during his freshman and sophomore years. 



.These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academic 
Regulations" section in this Bulletin, or request further information from the Head 
of the Department of History and Political Science. 

**In addition, a foreign language sequence is recommended. 

85 



DIAGNOSTIC TESTS IN ENGLISH AND 
MATHEMATICS 

Diagnostic tests are administered for the purpose of placing 
students in appropriate English and Mathematics courses at the 
beginning level. Each student must take the diagnostic test in 
mathematics before he may register for Mathematics 190 and must 
take the diagnostic test in English before he may register for 
English 121. The dates scheduled for the administration of these 
diagnostic tests are listed in the College Calendar. 

STATE REQUIREMENTS IN HISTORY AND 
GOVERNMENT 

By state law, each student who receives a diploma or certificate 
from a school supported by the State of Georgia must demonstrate 
proficiency in United States History and Government and in 
Georgia History and Government. A student at Armstrong State 
College may demonstrate such proficiency by successfully com- 
pleting History 251 or 252 and Political Science 113 or by suc- 
cessfully completing exemption examinations for which credit will 
be awarded. See "Academic Regulations" section in this Bulletin, or 
request further information from the Head of the Department of 
History and Political Science. Scheduled dates for exemption 
examinations are listed in the College Calendar. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS 
AND THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREES 

Requirements for each major program leading to the degree of 
Bachelor of Arts with a major in English, French, History, Music, 
Political Science, Psychology, or Social Work or to the degree of 
Bachelor of Science with a major in Biology, Chemistry, or 
Mathematics are described in the appropriate departmental listing. 
For the B. A. and B. S. degrees, a minimum of 185 quarter hours, ex- 
clusive of physical education, is required for graduation. 

Each student in one of these major programs must complete the 
96-hour core curriculum requirement as listed above. 

The student will not be allowed to take senior division courses ir 
his major field unless he has a minimum grade of C in al 
prerequisite courses in that field. No major program in a depart- 
ment will require more than 60 quarter hours at all levels in the f 
major field; however, the department may recommend up to 7( 
quarter hours. 

86 



n 



For its major program, a department will require from L5 •■ 

quarter hours of specific courses or approved elective courses in 

related fields and may require language courses reaching the degree 

of proficiency specified by the department. Total requirements in 

the major and related fields may not exceed 85 quarter hours. 

Each B. A. or B. S. degree program will include a minimum of L5 
quarter hours of free electives. 



TEACHER EDUCATION 

The standard credential for teaching in the public schools of 
Georgia is the Teacher's Professional Four-Year Certificate (T-4). 
To qualify for this certificate, one must have completed an ap- 
proved program designed for a specific teaching field and be recom- 
mended by the college in which the program was completed. Arm- 
strong State College offers the following approved teacher 
education programs: 



CERTIFICATION PROGRAMS 

Elementary Education (Grades 1-8) 

Speech Correction 

Secondary Programs (Grades 7-12) 

Business Education 

English 

Mathematics 

Science (Biology) 

Science (Chemistry) 

Social Studies (History) 

Social Studies (Political Science) 
All Levels (Grades 1-12) 

Music 

Physical Education 

All students completing teacher education programs are required 
o take both the Common Examinations and the appropriate 
Teaching Area Examination of the National Teacher Examina- 
ions. Students must submit the scores from these examinations or 
evidence that the examinations have been completed to the Depart- 
nent of Education before they can be recommended for a teaching 
certificate. Additional information about the National Teacher 
Examinations can be secured from the Office of the Dean of 
Student Affairs. 

87 



Teacher Library Service Endorsement 

This program may constitute an area of concentration for 
elementary teachers and an endorsement on the certificate for 
secondary teachers. The program is also intended to create interest 
in librarianship. The courses are as follows: 

Library Science 310, 320, 410, 420 20 Q.H. 

ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT 

A student who desires to become an elemental*}' or secondary 
school teacher should apply during the first quarter of residence to 
the Department of Education for academic advisement. He should 
follow without deviation the approved program designed for his 
preparation and for meeting the requirements for the certificate to 
teach. Upon admission to teacher education, students will be 
assigned advisors as follows: 

1. Elementary education and speech correction majors are assigned 
an advisor in the Department of Education who will assist the i 
student in planning the total program of studies. 

2. Students pursuing secondary or all level programs will be assign- 
ed an advisor in the Department of Education to assist them con- 
cerning the professional sequence courses and certification re- 
quirements. In addition, students will have an advisor in the 
teaching field major to approve the courses in the teaching field. 
Assignment of the teaching field advisor will be made by the 
head of the academic department offering the major. Each 
student must have his secondary teaching program approved in 
advance by both advisors. Special forms for this purpose are to be 
filed with each advisor and a copy given to the student. 

ADMISSION TO TEACHER EDUCATION 

All students pursuing a degree program leading toward cer-, 
tification by the Georgia State Department of Education as 
teachers must apply for admission to teacher education at Arm- 
strong State College. This application will normally be filed during 
the third quarter of the sophomore year or, for transfer students, in 
the first quarter of the junior year. Application forms may be 
secured from the office of the Head of the Department ot 
Education. The following criteria are used in admitting applicants 
to teacher education: 

(1) Completion of at least 60 quarter hours of college credit with \ 
2.20 GPA and completion of Education 203 and English 121 with \ \ 
"C" or better. 

88 



(2) Competence in oral and written expression. 

(3) Satisfactory physical and emotional health. 

(4) Indication of desirable attitude, character, and teaching poten- 
tial. 

SEPTEMBER PRACTICUM 

The purpose of the September Practicum is to provide an oppor- 
tunity for future teachers (1) to learn what teachers do at the begin- 
ning of a new school term, (2) to participate in experiences that will 
assist the prospective teacher with future decisions concerning 
teaching as a career, and (3) to become acquainted with the 
organization and curriculum of a particular school. 

The September Practicum occurs during the first two weeks of the 
public school term (usually in late August and early September) and 
should be scheduled during the student's junior or senior year. No 
credit is given for the September Practicum, but it is a requirement 
sin all of the teaching fields in the Armstrong State College Teacher 
Education Program. 

Application for the September Practicum should be made during 
the first week of the Spring Quarter for a September Practicum in 
the forthcoming September. The student should contact the Direc- 
tor of Professional Laboratory Experiences in the Department of 
Education. 

STUDENT TEACHING 

Student Teaching, the culminating activity of the professional 
sequence, is provided in selected off-campus school centers. The full 
marter of student teaching is arranged cooperatively by the 
ollege, the participating schools, and supervising teachers. Com- 
peted applications for admission to student teaching must be sub- 
nitted to the Director of Professional Laboratory Experiences 
luring the first week of the quarter preceding student teaching. 
While student teaching, the student is required to adhere to 
stablished policies and procedures of the cooperating school 
ystem in addition to those policies and procedures established by 
he college and the Department of Education. 
A student is admitted to student teaching at the time assignment 
made. While student preferences and other personal circumstan- 
es are considered, the Department of Education reserves the right 
o exercise its discretion in placement. The student will receive a 
etter of assignment. Orientation to student teaching will be held 
luring the first several days of the quarter in which student 
caching is scheduled. The following requirements must be met 
'efore a student can enroll in student teaching: 

89 



(1) Be admitted to the Teacher Education Program. 

(2) Have at least senior status. All teaching field courses will nor- 
mally have been completed. 

(3) Have completed the required professional sequence courses with 
a grade of "C" or higher. Elementary majors must make a grade 
of "C" or higher on all specialized content courses. Students in 
Speech Correction must have completed all of the 300 level 
sequence courses in Special Education with a grade of "C" or bet- 
ter. 

(4) Have a 2.2 average at Armstrong State College on all courses at- 
tempted, and a 2.2 or higher on all courses acceptable toward the 
teaching field, concentration, and related elective. 

(5) Have satisfactorily completed the related professional 
laboratory experiences including the "September Practicum." 

(6) Have satisfactorily completed the Media Competency 
Examination. 

(7) Be recommended by two academic professors and two members 
of the Department of Education, one of whom must be the 
student's advisor. 

(8) Be approved by the Head of the Department of Education. 

(9) Students in elementary education must have completed at least 
four of the specialized content courses, including the Teaching of 
Reading and Math for the Elementary Teacher, with grades of j 
"C" or better. Students in Speech Correction must have com- 
pleted, with a grade of "C" or better, Special Education 410; 
(Group Processes) and Special Education 415 (Articulation 
Problems). 

A student will not be permitted to take additional courses during! 
student teaching or to hold any form of employment. Student' 
teachers are not permitted to teach in a school in which their 



children are enrolled. 



PROGRAMS OF STUDY 

Bachelor of Science in Education: Speech Correction 

Quarter Hours 
A. General Requirements 7t 

1. Humanities: 20 quarter hours 

English 121, 122, 221 and one course selected 
from: Art 200, 290, 291; Music 200; 
Philosophy 201; English 222 20 

90 



2. Social Sciences: 25 quarter hours 

History 114*, 115*, and History 261* or 252* 15 

Political Science 113* 
Psychology 101 

3. Science: 25 quarter hours 

Biology 101, 102 10 

Physical Science 121 5 

Mathematics 190 5 

Mathematics 195 or 290 5 

4. Physical Education: 6 quarter hours 

Physical Education 103 1 

Physical Education 117 2 

Three courses selected from: 

P. E. 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 

200, 201, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 3 

5. Speech Correction 55 

Special Education 225 5 

Special Education 315 5 

Special Education 320 5 

Special Education 330 5 

• Special Education 335 5 

■ Special Education 410 5 

. Special Education 411 5 

f Special Education 412 5 

1 Special Education 413 5 

■ Special Education 415 5 

: Special Education 420 5 



\ Each quarter following completion of the courses 
fpecial Education 410 and Special Education 415, 
he student will be assigned cases at the Savannah 
ipeech and Hearing Center for supervised clinical 
iractice. 

■ Related Courses 15 

i Mental Health 102 5 

I Psychology 305, 405 10 

>. Professional Sequence Courses 45 

Psychology 301 5 

:' Education 203, 301, 330, 425, 446, 447, 448 35 

Special Education 205 5 

TOTAL 191 

These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academic 
'.emulations" section and footnote on page 85 in this section. 

91 



Bachelor of Science in Elementary Education 

Quarter Hours 
A. General Requirements 96 

1. Humanities: 30 quarter hours 

Art 200, 290, 291; Music 200; or Philosophy 201 5 

English 121, 122, 221, 222 20 

Speech 228 5 

2. Social Sciences: 30 quarter hours 

Geography 111 5 

History 114*, 115*, and History 251* or 252* 15 

Political Science 113* 5 

Psychology 101 5 

3. Science: 30 quarter hours 
Biology 101, 102 10 

Chemistry 121, 122; Physics 211, 212; or 
Physical Science 121, 122 10 

Math 101, 102 or Math 190 and one of the 
following: Math 220, 290, 195 10 

4. Physical Education: 6 quarter hours 
Physical Education 103, 117 3 

Three courses selected from: 
P. E. 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 
200, 201, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 3 



B. Electives 21 

1. Approved electives to establish added pro- 
ficiency in one area of concentration chosen to 
correspond to the elementary curriculum: 
art, English, mathematics, modern foreign lan- 
guages, music, sciences, social sciences, or 

teacher library service 2] 

2. Approved elective in related field 5 



C. Specialized Content Courses 30 

1. Education 425 5 

2. Mathematics 391 5 

92 



3. Four of the following courses: 20 

Art 320 

Education 434 

English 331 

Music 320 

Physical Education 320 

D. Professional Sequence Courses 40 

Psychology 301 5 

Education 203, 301, 435, 436, 446, 447, 448 35 

TOTAL 191 

"These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academic 
Regulations" section and footnote on page 85 in this section. 



Program for Secondary School Teachers 
of Business Education 

Quarter Hours 
\. General Requirements 100 

1. English 121, 122, 221, 222 20 

2. Speech 228 5 

3. History 114*, 115* 10 

4. Economics 201, 202 10 

5. Political Science 113* 5 

6. Mathematics 190, 195, 220 15 

7. One of the following two-course sequences: 10 

Biology 101, 102 

Chemistry 121, 122 
Chemistry 128, 129 
Physics 211, 212 
Physics 217, 218 
Physical Science 121, 122 

8. Psychology 101, plus four of the following courses:. 25 
Economics 326 

History 251* or 252* 

Psychology 305 

Sociology 201 

Music 200; Art 200, 290, 291; or Philosophy 201 

B. A. 200 or 205 

93 



Quarter Hours 

B. Courses in Business Education 23-28 

104, Beginning Typewriting 2 

E. 105, Intermediate Typewriting 2 

106, Advanced Typewriting 2 

111, Beginning Gregg Shorthand 3 

112, Intermediate Gregg Shorthand 3 

113, Advanced Gregg Shorthand 3 

212, Office Machines 3 

213, Office Procedures 5 

B. A. 315, Business Communications 5 

(B. E. 104 and 111 are often exempted. See course 
descriptions.) 

C. Courses in Business Administration 



B. 


E. 


B. 


E. 


B. 


E. 


B. 


E. 


B. 


E. 


B. 


E. 


B. 


E. 


B. 


E. 



B. A. 211, 212 10 

Three of the following courses: 15 

B. A. 307, Business Law I 

B. A. 340, Principles of Marketing 

B. A. 360, Principles of Management 

B. A. 375, Personnel Administration 

Econ. 327, Money and Banking 

Econ. 331, Labor and Industrial Relations 

Econ. 335, Public Finance 

D. Physical Education 



Physical Education 103, 117 3 

Three courses selected from: 3 

P. E. 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 

200, 201, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 

E. Professional Sequence 



. 



Education 203, 330, 438, 446, 447, 448 30 

Psychology 301 5 

TOTAL 191-194 






These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academi 
Regulations" section and footnote on page 85 in this section. Unless History 251 o 
252 is exempted by examination, one of the courses is required as a part of th 
student's program. 



94 






Program for Secondary School Teachers of English 

Quarter Hour* 

A. General Requirements 90 

1. English 121, 122, 221, 222 20 

2. One Foreign Language 20 

3. Art 200, 290, 291 or Music 200 5 

4. History 114*, 115* 10 

5. History 251* or 252* 5 

6. Psychology 101 and Political Science 113* 10 

7. Freshman Mathematics 10 

8. One of the following two-course sequences: 10 

Biology 101, 102 
Chemistry 121, 122 
Chemistry 128, 129 
Physics 211, 212 
Physics 217, 218 



B. Courses in Major Field 40 

Students must complete the requirements for a 
major in English including English 325. 



C. Related Fields 25 

Five of the following courses: 
Fine Arts (300 level or above) 
Foreign Language (300 level or above) 
History (300 level or above) 
Speech 228, 341, 345, 346 
Philosophy 201, 301, 302, 303, 320 
Education 425 

(Five hours of the Related Fields requirement 
must be Speech 228 or Speech 341.) 

D. Physical Education 6 

Physical Education 103, 117 3 

Three courses selected from: 3 

P. E. 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 

200, 201, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 

95 



: 



Quarter Hours 
E. Professional Sequence 3 

Education 203, 330, 439, 446, 447, 448 30 

Psychology 301 5 

TOTAL 19€ 



*These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academi< 
Regulations" section and footnote on page 85 in this section. 



Program for Secondary School Teachers of Science 
with a Major in Biology 

Quarter Hour, ... 

A. General Requirements <H 

I.English 121, 122, 221 and one course 

selected from: 20 

Art 200, 290, 291; Music 200; 
Philosophy 201; English 222 

2. One Foreign Language 15 

3. History 114*, 115* 10 

4. History 251* or 252* 5 

5. Psychology 101 and one of the following courses: .10 
Economics 201 
Political Science 113* 
Sociology 201 

6. Mathematics 190, 195 or Mathematics 101, 102 10 

7. The following courses: 20 

Biology 101, 102 

Botany 203 and Zoology 204 

B. Courses in Major Field 4 

Students must complete the requirements for a 
major in biology including Biology 370, 480; Bot- 
any 410 or Zoology 410. 

C. Courses in Other Sciences 3 

Chemistry 128, 129, 341, 342, 343 25 

Physics 211, 212 10 

96 



Quartet Hours 

D. Physical Education 

Physical Education 103, 117 8 

Three courses selected from: 3 

P. E. 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 

200, 201, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 

2. Professional Sequence 35 

Education 203, 330, 444, 446, 447, 448 30 

Psychology 301 5 

TOTAL 206 

These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academic 
'.emulations" section and footnote on page 85 in this section. 

Program for Secondary School Teachers of Science 
with a Major in Chemistry 

Quarter Hours 
l. General Requirements 85 

I.English 121, 122, 221, and one course 

selected from: 20 

Art 200, 290, 291; Music 200; 
Philosophy 201; English 222 

2. One Foreign Language 15 

3. History 114*, 115* 10 

4. History 251* or 252* 5 

5. Psychology 101 and one of the following courses: 10 
Economics 201 

Political Science 113* 
Sociology 201 

6. Freshman Mathematics and Mathematics 104 15 

7. Chemistry 128, 129 10 

i. Courses in Major Field 50 

Chemistry 281, 282 10 

Chemistry 341, 342, 343 15 

Chemistry 491, 492, 493 12 

Chemistry 480 5 

Chemistry Electives 8 

97 



. 



Quarter Hou 

C. Courses in Other Sciences 2 

Biology 101, 102 10 

Physics 15 

D. Physical Education 



Physical Education 103, 117 3 

Three courses selected from: 3 

P. E. 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 

200, 201, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 

E. Professional Sequence 



Education 203, 330, 444, 446, 447, 448 30 

Psychology 301 5 



' 



TOTAL 20 

These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academi 
Regulations" section and footnote on page 85 in this section. 



Program for Secondary School Teachers of Social Science 

(History or Political Science) fc. 

Quarter Hour. 
A. General Requirements if, 

I.English 121, 122, 221, and one course 

selected from: 20 

Art 200, 290, 291; Music 200; 
Philosophy 201; English 222 

2. One Foreign Language 15 

3. History 114*, 115* 10 

4. History 251* or 252* 5 

5. Political Science 113* and Psychology 101 10 

6. Freshman Mathematics 10 

7. One of the following two-course sequences: 10 

Biology 101, 102 
Chemistry 121, 122 
Chemistry 128, 129 
Physics 211, 212 
Physics 217, 218 
Physical Science 121, 122 

98 



Quarter Hours 
p. Courses in Major Field (History or Political Science) 40 

1. A student majoring in history must take 
, History 300, American History (15 quarter hours 

including History 251*, 252*), European History 
I (10 quarter hours), and Far Eastern History (10 
I quarter hours). Supporting work must include 

courses in at least three of the following fields: 
j political science, economics, sociology, geography, 

and anthropology. 

2. A student majoring in political science must 
I complete the requirements for a major in political 

science and must include in his program courses 
in American constitutional development, com- 
l parative government, political theory, and inter- 
national relations. Supporting work must include 
\ History 251* or 252* and at least one other advan- 
[ ced history course and at least two of the 
[ following fields: economics, sociology, geography, 
i and anthropology. 



I Courses in Other Social Sciences 30 

xcluding his major field (history or political 
science), the student will select 30 quarter hours 
from three of the following groups of social 
science courses: 

1. History 251* or 252* and one additional advan- 
ced course 10 

2. Political Science 200 and one of the fol- 
lowing: Political Science 317, 319, 332, or 348 10 

» 

3. Economics 201 and one of the following: 

Economics 326, 331, or 345 . . 10 

4. Sociology 201 and 350 10 

5. Geography and/or Anthropology 10 

99 



Quarter Hours 

D. Physical Education 6 

Physical Education 103, 117 3 

Three courses selected from: 3 

P. E. 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 

200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 

E. Professional Sequence 3f 

Education 203, 330, 440, 446, 447, 448 30 

Psychology 301 5 

TOTAL W 



*These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academi 
Regulations" section and footnote on page 85 in this section. 



PROGRAM FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHERS 

OF SOCIAL SCIENCE 

(BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE) 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements & 

1. English 121, 122, 221 and one course 

selected from: 

Art 200, 290, 291; Music 200; 

Philosophy 201; English 222 20 

2. Approved Math Sequence and Math 220 (Statistics). 15 

3. Biology 101, 102 10 

4. History 114*, 115* 10 

5. Political Science 113* 5 

6. Psychology 101, 102 10 

7. History 251* or 252* 5 

8. Additional Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

B. Courses in Major Field 4 

Psychology 303, 307, 308, 311, 312, 

410, 411, 412 

C. Electives (from the following) 25-£ 

Anthropology 201, 300 

Sociology 201, 350 
Social Work 320 
Psychology 405, 406 

100 



Quarter Hours 

D. Physical Education 6 

P.E. 103, 117 8 

Three courses selected from: 8 

P.E. 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 

! 200, 201, 203, 205, 206, 207, 
208, 209 

2. Professional Sequence 35 

Education 203, 330, 440, 446, 447, 448; 
Psychology 301 

TOTAL 191-196 

These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academic 

emulations" section and footnote on page 85 in this section. 



BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

For graduation with the degree of Bachelor of Business Ad- 
ninistration with a major in accounting, economics, finance, or 
nanagement-marketing, the following requirements must be com- 

eted in accordance with the regulations stated in this bulletin. 
or major concentrations, see requirements described under De- 
artment of Business Administration. 

Quarter Hours 
. Humanities 20 

1. English 121, 122, 221, and one course 

selected from: 20 

Art 200, 290, 291; Music 200; 
Philosophy 201; or English 222 

f. Mathematics and Natural Science 25 

1. Mathematics 190, 195, 220 15 

2. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

. Social Sciences 30 

1. History 114*, 115* 10 

2. Economics 201, 202 10 

3. Political Science 113* 5 

4. Psychology 101 or Sociology 201 5 

101 



D. Courses in Business Administration 15 

1. B. A. 211, 212 10 

2. B. A. 200 or 205 5 

(B. A. 200 is not open to upper-division business 
majors who have taken 300-level courses in 
business or economics.) 

E. Physical Education 6 

Total Freshman- Sophomore Hours 96 

F. Approved Electives 30 

Electives from the Humanities, the Social Scien- 
ces, Natural Sciences, or Mathematics. At least 15 
quarter hours must be in courses numbered 200 or 
above. Not more than 10 quarter hours may be in 
Business Administration courses. A course in 
United States history must be included unless 
proficiency in U. S. history is demonstrated by 
examination. 

G. Business Core Requirements 35 

B. A. 307, Business Law 

B. A. 320, Business Finance 

B. A. 340, Principles of Marketing 

B. A. 360, Principles of Management 

Economics 311, Quantitative Methods 

Economics 327, Money and Banking 

One of the following: 

Economics 331, Labor and Industrial Relations 
Economics 335, Public Finance 
Economics 405, Government and Business 

(Economics majors may select any approved 
combination from the business core and the major 
concentration courses.) 



H. Major Concentration 

(See departmental requirements.) 



TOTAL 19 



it 



"These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academij ; . 
Regulations" section and footnote on page 85 in this section. 

102 



TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM 

This program is designed to meet the needs of students who wish 
;o qualify for secretarial positions after two years of study. The 
Associate in Arts degree is awarded after the program is completed. 
f a student plans to continue work in the future toward a 
baccalaureate degree, he should select courses that will meet the 
isted requirements of the baccalaureate degree program. 

Quarter Hours 

. English 121, 122, 221, and a humanities elective 20 

. History 114*, 115* 10 

. One of the following two-course sequences: 10 

Biology 101, 102 

Chemistry 111, 112 

Chemistry 121, 122 

Physics 211, 212 

Physics 217, 218 

Physical Science 121, 122 

. Mathematics 190 5 

. Three of the following courses: 15 

Economics 201 

Political Science 113* 

Psychology 101 

Sociology 201 

History 251* or 252* 

Physical Education 103, 117, and 

three courses selected from: 6 

P. E. 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 

200, 201, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 

Secretarial courses: 

Business Education 104, 105, 106 4-6** 

Business Education 111, 112, 113 6-9** 

Business Education 212 3 

Business Education 213 5 

Business Administration 211 5 

Business Administration 315 5 

TOTAL 96-99 



Students who have earned high school credit in one-year course in typewriting 
d/or Gregg shorthand (or the college equivalent— one quarter or one semester) may 
t take for credit the beginning course in the subject in which this previous credit 
been earned (B.E. 104, B.E. 111). These students should begin in the typewriting 
d/or shorthand sequence with the intermediate course in the subject. 

103 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL 
TECHNOLOGY 

The Coordinator of this degree program is Dr. L. B. Davenport,'^ 
Jr., Head of the Department of Biology. Armstrong State College - : 
cooperates with Memorial Hospital of Chatham County in award- j- 
ing a Bachelor of Science Degree in Medical Technology. This : 
program has been approved by the Council on Medical Education of 
the American Medical Association and by the Board of Schools of 
Medical Technology of the American Society of Clinical 
Pathologists. The student must successfully complete the following 
courses: 

Quarter Hours 

1. English 121, 122, 221, and one course selected from: 20 

Art 200, 290, 291; Music 200; Philosophy 201; English 222 

2. History 251* or 252* ] E( 

3. Political Science 113* 1 L 

4. History 114*, 115* If h 

5. Mathematics 101-102 or Mathematics 190-195 10 : 

6. Foreign Language (15 quarter hours or 10 quarter 
hours plus elective) 

7. Psychology 101, Sociology 201 

8. Physics 211, 212 10 

9. Chemistry 128-129, 281-282, 341-342 30 

10. Biology 101, 102; Zoology 204, 356 2» 

11. Biology 351, Zoology 372 10 

12. One Course from the following: 5 

Entomology 301; Zoology 357; Zoology 410 

13. Physical Education I 

TOTAL 156 



: 



After satisfactorily completing the required number of courses 
and hours listed above, the degree candidate must complete 12 
months in Clinical Medical Technology at an approved hospital. 
Upon the completion of this work and satisfactorily passing the 
examination given by the Registry of Medical Technologists, the : 
student will be awarded the degree of Bachelor of Science. 

fa 
t 



These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academic 
Regulations" section and footnote on page 85 in this section. 



104 






BACHELOR OF ARTS IN SOCIAL WORK 

Armstrong State College offers a four-year program leading to a 
Bachelor of Arts degree in Social Work which is designed to prepare 
students to assume positions in various social service agencies. This 
program is offered cooperatively with Savannah State College and 
makes use of an off-campus facility for various training experien- 
ces. Requirements for this degree are described in the departmental 
listing for the Department of Psychology and Sociology. 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 

WITH MAJORS IN MATHEMATICS 

AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Armstrong State College offers the Bachelor of Science in 
Education degree with majors in Mathematics and Physical 
Education. These specialized degree programs are designed to 
prepare students for careers in the teaching of Mathematics or 
Physical Education. Requirements for the major programs are 
(described in the appropriate departmental listings. 



BACHELOR OF MUSIC EDUCATION 

Armstrong State College offers a four-year program leading to a 
iBachelor of Music Education degree designed for those students in 
Music who want to prepare for a career in teaching. Requirements 
for this degree are described in the departmental listing for the 
department of Fine Arts. 

NURSING 

ASSOCIATE IN ARTS IN NURSING 

For the two-year program leading to the Associate in Arts degree 
in Nursing, the student must complete the curriculum of 48 quarter 
hours in academic courses and 52 quarter hours of professional 
clinical courses as listed under the Department of Allied Health 
.Services. This program provides the student with the opportunity to 
obtain a general education and to study nursing at the college level. 
Graduates are eligible for licensure to practice as registered nurses. 
The curriculum is approved by the Georgia State Board of Nursing 
^Examiners and is fully accredited by the National League for Nur- 
sing. 

105 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN HEALTH CARE 
ADMINISTRATION 

Armstrong State College offers an upper division undergraduate 
curriculum in nursing leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in 
Health Care Administration for graduate registered nurses from 
associate degree or diploma nursing programs. The program is 
planned to build on the student's previously acquired professional 
knowledge and experience and is designed to prepare registered 
nurses for first-level leadership positions in nursing. Additional in- 
formation relating to this degree program appears under the listing 
for the Department of Allied Health Services. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 

ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN DENTAL HYGIENE 

For the two-year (seven quarters) program leading to the 
Associate in Science degree in Dental Hygiene, the student must 
complete a curriculum of 58 quarter hours in academic courses and 
57 quarter hours in professional dental hygiene courses. The pur- 
pose of this program is to provide trained personnel in a rapidly 
growing and important health profession. Dental hygienists 
provide dental health services in private dental offices, civil service 
positions, industry, and in various public health fields. They prac- 
tice under the supervision of a dentist and must pass a state board 
examination for licensure. 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN DENTAL HYGIENE EDUCATION 

A Bachelor of Science degree in Dental Hygiene Education can 
be earned by an additional two years (six quarters) of study. This 
curriculum of 93 quarter hours is designed to prepare dental 
hygienists for careers in teaching in schools of dental hygiene. 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

Armstrong State College provides professional education to 
prepare students for careers in many areas in the administration of 
criminal justice. A strong liberal arts emphasis has been developed 
within the criminal justice program, enabling the student to 
prepare for new and demanding requirements in his profession. 
Specific courses in criminal justice are open to all students as elec- 
tives. Students who plan to follow careers in social work, law, jour- 
nalism, or special education may find courses in the criminal 

106 



justice area both interesting and useful. Non-majors should consult 
with their faculty advisors before electing those course 

ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

The curriculum for this program has been designed to lead to a 
two-year terminal degree, the Associate in Science in Criminal 
Justice, or to serve as the basic preparation for an upper two-year 
curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in Criminal 
Justice. For course requirements, see listing under the Department 
of Criminal Justice. 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

Armstrong State College and Savannah State College cooperate 
in the offering of a baccalaureate degree program in the criminal 
justice area. Both colleges award the baccalaureate degree in 
criminal justice with students at each institution enrolling for 
classes at both institutions. The coordinator for the program is the 
Head of the Department at Armstrong State College. A student 
enrolling in this program at either institution should work closely 
with both the program coordinator and with his on-campus faculty 
advisor. 

The four-year curriculum for this degree program has been 
designed to provide the broadest possible liberal arts and 
professional training for students who are planning careers in the 
criminal justice area. The student who has earned the Associate in 
Science degree in Criminal Justice may transfer to the bac- 
calaureate program with a minimum of difficulty. For specific 
course requirements, see listing under the Department of Criminal 
Justice. 



MENTAL HEALTH WORK 

Armstrong State College offers a program leading to the 
Associate in Science degree in Mental Health Work. Students in 
this degree program are trained to serve as assistants to 
professionals in the provision of mental health services. The in- 
dividual who earns this degree may return to the college with 
minimum difficulty to enroll in upper division programs leading to 
a baccalaureate degree. Additional information on this degree 
program is provided in the listing for the Department of 
Psychology and Sociology. 

107 



ASSOCIATE IN ARTS 

For the two-year degree of Associate in Arts, a student must com- 
plete the last 45 quarter hours of course-work in this program at 
Armstrong State College. The program is designed to provide a sub- 
stantial liberal education as a base for upper-division specializa- 
tion. 

Quarter Hours 

1. English 121, 122, 221, and one course selected from: 20 

Art 200, 290, 291; Music 200; Philosophy 201; English 222 

2. History 114*, 115* 10 

3. One of the following two-course sequences: 10 

Biology 101, 102 

Chemistry 111, 112 
Chemistry 121, 122 
Physics 211, 212 
Physics 217, 218 
Physical Science 121, 122 

4. Mathematics 190 5 

5. Two of the following courses: 10 

Economics 201 

Political Science 113* 
Psychology 101 
Sociology 201 
History 251* or 252* 

6. One of the following courses: 5 

Art 200, 290, 291 

Music 200 
Philosophy 201 

7. Physical Education 103, 117, and 

three courses selected from: 6 

P. E. 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 

200, 201, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 

8. Electives 30 

TOTAL 96 



(If a student plans to continue work in the future toward a baccalaureate degree, 
he should select courses that will meet the listed requirements of the baccalaureate 
degree program.) 



These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academic 
Regulations" section and footnote on page 85 in this section. 



108 



COMPLETE LIST OF MAJOR PROGRAMS-FOUR 
YEAR AND TWO YEAR DEGREES 

1. Bachelor of Arts with a major in English. 

2. Bachelor of Arts with a major in English and requirements for 
secondary certification. 

3. Bachelor of Arts with a major in History. 

4. Bachelor of Arts with a major in History and requirements for 
secondary certification. 

5. Bachelor of Arts with a major in Political Science. 

6. Bachelor of Arts with a major in Political Science and 
requirements for secondary certification. 

7. Bachelor of Arts with a major in Psychology. 

8. Bachelor of Arts with a major in Psychology with Mental 
Health Work specialization. 

9. Bachelor of Arts with a major in Psychology and requirements 
for secondary certification in Behavioral Science. 

10. Bachelor of Arts with a major in Music. 

11. Bachelor of Music Education. 

12. Bachelor of Science with a major in Biology. 

13. Bachelor of Science with a major in Biology and requirements 
for secondary certification. 

14. Bachelor of Science with a major in Chemistry. 

15. Bachelor of Science with a major in Chemistry and require- 
ments for secondary certification. 

16. Bachelor of Science with a major in Mathematics. 

17. Bachelor of Science in Education with a major in Mathematics. 

18. Bachelor of Science in Elementary Education. 

19. Bachelor of Business Administration with a major in Ac- 
counting. 

20. Bachelor of Business Administration with a major in Econom- 
cs. 

21. Bachelor of Business Administration with a major in Manage- 
ment-Marketing. 

22. Bachelor of Business Administration with a major in Business 
Education. 

^23. Bachelor of Business Administration with a major in Finance. 

24. Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology. 

25. Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education. 

26. Bachelor of Science in Education with a major in Speech 
Correction. 

11. Bachelor of Arts with a major in French. 

28. Bachelor of Arts in Social Work. 

19. Bachelor of Science in Health Care Administration. 

50. Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice. 

hi. Bachelor of Education with a major in Physical Education. 

109 



32. Associate in Arts. 

33. Associate in Arts in Nursing. 

34. Associate in Science in Dental Hygiene. 

35. Associate in Science in Criminal Justice. 

36. Associate in Science in Mental Health Work. 



110 



IX. Departmental Course 
Offerings and Requirements 
For Majors 



Page 



Anthropology 190 

Art L58 

Biology 122 

Botany 123 

\ Business Administration 127 

Business Education 131 

Chemistry • 135 

Criminal Justice 142 

Comparative Literature 154 

Dental Hygiene 118 

Economics 132 

Education 145 

Engineering 180 

English 152 

Entomology 124 

French 163 

Geography 171 

German 164 

Health 119 

History 166 

Journalism 156 

Library Science 148 

Mathematics 176 

Mental Health Work 190 

Music 159 

Nursing 113 

Nutrition 114, 119 

Philosophy 155 

Physical Education 183 

Physical Science 138 

Physics 139 

Political Science 171 

Psychology 191 

Social Work 193 

Sociology 194 

Spanish 165 

Special Education (Speech Correction) 149 

Speech 155 

Zoology 124 

111 



Armstrong State College reserves the right to (1) withdraw any 
course for which less than ten students register, (2) limit the 
enrollment in any course or class section, (3) fix the time of 
meeting of all classes and sections, and (4) offer such additional 
courses as demand and faculty warrant. 

No credit will be given in beginning courses in languages where 
the same or similar courses have been presented for admission from 
high school. 

After each course name, there are three numbers in parenthesis. 
The first number listed is the number of hours of lecture; the 
second, the number of hours of laboratory; and the third, the num- 
ber of quarter hours of credit the course carries. For example: 
Biology 101 - General Biology (4-3-5). 

Courses numbered 100 to 199 are generally planned for the fresh- 
man level; courses numbered 200 to 299, for the sophomore level; 
courses numbered 300 to 399 for the junior level; courses numbered 
400-499, for the senior level. 



DEPARTMENT OF ALLIED HEALTH SERVICES 

NURSING 

Assistant Professor Rose Marie Blase, R. N., Acting Director 
Assistant Professors: Anne Mayer, R. N., Dorothy Bell, R. N.; In- 
structors: Jane Preston, R. N., Mary Miller, R. N., Carol Sutton, R 
N., Sister M. Bonaventure Oetgen, R.S.M., R. N. 






ASSOCIATE IN ARTS IN NURSING 

The Associate in Arts Degree Program in Nursing provides th. 
student with the opportunity to obtain a general education and H 
study nursing at the college level. Graduates are eligible to take tlv 
State Examination for licensure to practice as registered nursesi 

The nursing educational program is developed by proceedinj 
from simple to complex situations in nursing which evolve from th 
fundamental needs of individuals throughout the human life cycle 

Student nurses participate in nursing laboratory experiences a 
Memorial Medical Center, Candler General Hospital Complex, S 4 
Joseph's Hospital, Georgia Regional Hospital at Savannah, an 
other community agencies. Students are assigned to the clinics 
area and are responsible for providing their own transportatior 

112 



Students who enroll in this program have opportunities f<>r per- 
onal, intellectual, and socio-ethical development, m we\\ m having 
ho personal satisfaction of becoming a member of a professional 

roup which has unlimited opportunities after graduation. 

FRESHMAN YEAR SOPHOMORE TEAR 

Qtr. Hrs. Qfr //,, s 

.nglish 121 5 Political Science ll.r 

fcysical Science Nursing 201 

108, 109, 110 15 History 251* or 252* 

ursing 101 8 Nursing 202 9 

teychology 101 5 P. E. Electives 'A 

ursing 102 8 Nursing 203 in 

[ursing 103 8 Sociology 201 

utrition 105 5 

54 46 



hese courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academic 
?gulations" section and "Degree Programs" section. 



Course Offerings - Freshman 

NURSING 101 and 101L — Fundamentals of Nursing; Selected 
aboratory Experiences. (6-6-8). Fall Quarter. 

In this introductory course students are given the opportunity to 
evelop basic nursing skills and to learn and apply the principles of 
•roblem solving in the identification of the nursing care of in- 
ividual patients. Ethics of the nursing profession are correlated, 
linical experience in community hospitals is given under super- 

sion. (Licensed practical nurses and corpsmen may exempt this 
mrse by examination.) 

-NURSING 102 and 103 and NURSING 102L, 103L-Nursing in 
internal and Child Health I and II; Selected Laboratory Experien- 
|ts. (6-6-8) (6-6-8). Winter and Spring Quarters. Prerequisite: Nur- 
sng 101. 

In the maternal and child health nursing sequence the student 
111 develop more complicated nursing skills and an awareness of 
te inter-relatedness of nursing problems and the psycho-social 
i;eds of patients during the human life cycle, beginning with con- 
option, the pre-natal period, labor and delivery, the care of the 
l'wborn, the infant and child. 

Laboratory experience is planned selectively and utilizes agen- 
os and facilities concerned with mothers, babies, children and 
teir families. 

113 



NUTRITION 105— Fundamentals of Nutrition. (5-0-5). Wintei 
Quarter. 

A survey of the fundamentals of nutrition and the factors in-' 
fluencing the ability of the individual and family to secure anc 
maintain optimal nutritional status. 

Course Offerings - Sophomore 

NURSING 201 and 202 and NURSING 201L, 202L-Nursing ir 
Physical and Mental Illness I and II; Selected Laboratory Experien j 
ces. (6-9-9) (6-9-9). Fall and Winter Quarters. Prerequisites: Nursing 
102, 103. 

The physical and mental illness sequence further develops th< 
nursing problems of emotional and physical origin found in th' 
human life cycle from childhood, through adolescence, middle age t 
senesence and death. 

Laboratory experiences in community agencies and hospitals arn 
selected to reinforce theoretical instruction. 

NURSING 203 and NURSING 203L-Advanced Nursinr 
Problems; Selected Laboratory Experiences. (5-15-10). Spring Quar 
ter. Prerequisites: Nursing 201, 202. 

This course is a continuation of Nursing 201 and 202. Content i 
presented which will strengthen the knowledge and skills needed b; 
the present day beginning nurse practitioner in giving physical 
care and psychological support to patients. Current trends in nur,i| 
sing are explored as well as responsibilities both legal an- 
professional. 

Laboratory experiences are designed to enhance breadth an:| 
depth of knowledge in selected clinical areas. 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN HEALTH CARE 
ADMINISTRATION 

Admission Requirements 

To be eligible for admission to the program, an applicant mui 
have graduated from a state approved school of nursing (eith< 
associate degree or diploma), have passed the state board licensin 
examination for registered nurses and have at least one year < 
professional nursing experience. Students without previous colle^ 
credit desiring admission to the program must attain satisfactoi 
scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test as required by Armstror 
State College and provide proof of high school graduation or GE 
equivalency. 

114 



Those applicants who have not been actively employed in nursing 
uring the past ten years will be required to take the N.L.N, com- 
prehensive examinations and achieve a satisfactory score in order 
o receive credit for prior nursing education. 

The credits earned by a graduate of an accredited associate 
egree nursing program conducted by a legally constituted degree 
ranting institution will transfer entirely. 

The number of credits allowed a diploma school graduate will be 
etermined by an evaluation of the applicant's school of nursing 
ranscript based on criteria developed for the program. The 
laximum number of credit hours allowed for work taken in a 
iploma school of nursing is 82 credit hours. 

Credits transferred to Armstrong State College from non-degree 
ranting agencies will be accepted on a quarter hour basis, but will 
ot influence the cumulative grade point average at graduation. 

To qualify for the baccalaureate degree, all students must earn at 
rmstrong the last 45 quarter hours of credit applicable toward the 
egree. 

CURRICULUM 



GENERAL EDUCATION 

Qtr. Hrs. 
business Admin. 200 or 

i Business Admin. 205 5 

•usiness Admin. 360 5 

business Admin. 375 5 

Jusiness Admin. 462 or 

Psychology 320 5 

nglish 122 & 221 10 

iistory 114* & 115* 10 

lath 190 5 

[ath 195 or 220 5 

conomics 201 & 202 10 

conomics 331 5 

humanities Elective 5 

hysical Education 3 



NURSING 

Qtr. Hrs. 

Nursing 401 8 

Nursing 402 4 

Nursing 403 8 

Nursing 404 4 

24 



73 



Total two academic years 97 



These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academic 
egulations" and "Degree Programs" sections. 



I 



115 



Course Offerings 

NURSING 401 and 401L — Family and Community Nursing. (3-15- 
8). Offered on Demand. 

Introduction to the concepts of public health nursing, including 
the history of the public health movement, epidemiology, environ- 
mental control and vital statistics. Emphasis will be placed oni; 
selecting nursing action and providing for continuity and exten-J 
sion of patient care through co-operative hospital and public health, 
planning. 

Laboratory experience will consist of supervised guided practiced 
in giving total family health service to a selected group of patients. 
A car will be necessary. 

NURSING 402— Principles of Unit Management. (4-0-4). Offered) 
on Demand. 

The activities, problems and procedures of administration in aj> 
hospital or related health agency. Study of the place of nursing ser-j 
vice in the total agency operation, interdepartmental relationships 
the role of a unit manager in planning, providing and evaluating 
nursing care. 

NURSING 403— Community Health Administration - Field Ex< 
perience: Unit Management. (3-15-8). Offered on Demand 
Prerequisite: Nursing 402. 

Selected observations and experiences in hospitals and relatec 
health agencies as a means of developing an understanding of thf 
responsibilities and functions of a unit manager. Techniques anc 
methods of supervision as utilized in today's health care facilities 
will be covered. (Selection and supervision of these experiences an<\ 
follow-up conferences will be the responsibility of the course ini 
structor.) 

NURSING 404— Independent Study. (4-0-4). Offered on Demanc 
Prerequisites: Nursing 401, 402, 403. 

Individual independent study consisting of the development o 
nursing hypotheses pertaining to complex nursing problems 
analyses based on study of the literature in order to determin 
principles and solutions in an area of major interest to the studen 
and related to her nursing career objectives. Academic instructio 
and laboratory experiences are qualitatively selected to meet th 
learning needs of students. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 

Assistant Professor Robert I. Phillips, D.M.D., Acting Directo 
Instructors: Groover, B.S., Coursey, B.S., Tannenbaum, B.S. 

116 



ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN DENTAL HYGIENE 

The curriculum in dental hygiene at Armstrong State College 

stablished in the fall of 1968. 

The purpose was and is to meet the ever-increasing need for 
idividuals educated in this rapidly growing and important health 
rofession. Dental hygienists are in demand to provide dental 
ealth services in private dental offices, civil service positions, 
:hool programs, and various public health fields. They practice un- 
er the supervision of a dentist and must pass a state hoard 
xamination for licensure. 

Admission to this two-year program is limited to 30 in each class, 
tudents enroll in the fall of each year. 

Application for admission should be completed by June 1 for the 
all quarter, including a transcript of course work up to that date. A 
Dmplete transcript shall be submitted as soon as possible thereaf- 
3r. 



GENERAL EDUCATION 
Qtr. Hrs. 

hysical Science 108, 

109, 110 15 

utrition 105 5 

ychology 101 5 

nglish 121 5 

ociology 201 5 

olitical Science 113 5 

ealth 107 5 

peech 228 5 

history 251 or 252 5 

T. E. 211 2 

, E. Elective 1 

58 



DENTAL HYGIENE 
EDUCATION 

Qtr. Hrs. 
Dental Hygiene 101 

and 102 5-3 

Dental Hygiene 103 1 

Dental Hygiene 104 

and 105 3-4 

Dental Hygiene 106 2 

Dental Hygiene 107 2 

Dental Hygiene 201 3 

Dental Hygiene 202 

and 203 6-6 

Dental Hygiene 204 6 

Dental Hygiene 205 2 

Dental Hygiene 206 3 

Dental Hygiene 207 4 

Dental Hygiene 208-A 

and 208-B 2-2 

Dental Hygiene 209 3 

57 



£ 



'hese courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academic 

lations" and "Degree Programs" sections. 
Required by Council on Dental Education, American Dental Association. 

117 



Course Offerings - Freshman and Sophomore 

DENTAL HYGIENE 101-102 — Dental Anatomy and Oral 
Histology I and II. (5-0-5) (3-0-3). Fall and Winter Quarters. 

A developmental study of the oral cavity, the primary tissues and : 
histology of the teeth, the calcification, eruption, morphology, and 
function of the human dentition and supporting structures, in-^i 
eluding the study of head and neck anatomy. Identification, cross- 
sectioning, drawing and carving of some permanent and' 
deciduous teeth. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 103— Orientation to Dental Hygiene. (1-0-1). 
Fall Quarter. 

A survey of the history, development, and current status of the 
dental hygiene profession; also, an introduction to clinical practice 
characteristics and subject matter. 

i 

DENTAL HYGIENE 104-Clinical Dental Hygiene I. (1-6-3) i 
Winter Quarter. Prerequisite: Dental Hygiene 103. 

The student is taught the techniques of removing stains andij 
deposits from the teeth. Clinical procedures are introduced first or 
manikins and then applied in the mouth. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 105, 202, 203-Clinical Dental Hygiene II, i 
III, and IV. (1-8-4) (1-12-6) (1-12-6). Spring, Fall, and Winter Quarters » 
respectively. Prerequisites: Dental Hygiene 103, 104. 

Students continue with oral prophylaxes techniques and other ad . 
vanced procedures on patients in the clinic under supervision, eg, ' 
patient reception, patient recall, medical history, charting, use o: . 
periodontal probe, patient education, topical fluoride application 
use of cavitron, etc. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 106 — Pharmacology and Anesthesiology. | 
0-2). Fall Quarter. 

The study of drugs and anesthetics with special consideratioi *■ 
given to those used in the dental office. This study is to acquain s 
the student with the origin of these drugs and anesthetics, thei'k 
physical and chemical properties, modes of administration, and ei 
fects upon the body systems. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 107-Dental Specialties. (2-0-2). Summ 
Quarter. 

A series of lectures designed to acquaint the dental hygien 
student with the subject matter and practice of the various dents 
specialties; emphasis will be given to periodontia, the nature, cau 
and treatment of periodontal disease and the role of the den 
hygienist. 

11K 



NUTRITION 105 — Fundamentals of Nutrition. (5-0-5). Summer 
Juarter. 

| A survey of the fundamentals of nutrition and the factors in- 
"luencing the ability of the individual and family to secure and 
naintain optimal nutritional status. 

i HEALTH 107 — Personal and Community Health. (5-0-5). Summer 
Quarter. 

The course includes information for protection and promotion of 
individual and public health. Emphasis is given to personal 
lygiene, mental health, parenthood, disease prevention, and com- 
nunity organizations for maintaining and improving health of self 
md society. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 201— General and Oral Pathology. (3-0-3). 
Spring Quarter. 

i The principles of general pathology in relationship to the 
dseases of the teeth, soft tissues, and supporting structures of the 
»ral cavity. The importance of early recognition of abnormal con- 
ditions in the mouth by the hygienist is emphasized. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 204-Clinical Dental Hygiene V. (1-12-6). 
Spring Quarter. Prerequisites: Dental Hygiene 103, 104, 105, 202, 203. 
I A continuation of the preceding clinical courses. Emphasis cen- 
ers on improved proficiency in all areas. Lecture time covers laws 
governing dental hygiene practice, professional ethics, areas of em- 
ployment, office procedures, and the discussion of situations en- 
countered in clinical laboratory and externship experience. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 205-Dental Health Education. (2-0-2). Fall 
Quarter. 

Demonstrations and practical applications of modern methods of 
lental health education. Developing teaching materials for dental 
tealth education and the presentation of materials are included. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 206-Dental Roentgenology and X-Ray 
laboratory. (2-3-3). Winter Quarter. 

A series of lectures and demonstrations on the applications of 
•oentgen rays for dental diagnostic purposes. Includes the elec- 
rophysics of the apparatus, positioning of the films, angulation of 
toe machine, and developing processes. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 207-Dental Materials and Assisting 
Procedures. (3-3-4). Summer Quarter. 

Basic concepts of dental assisting, laboratory procedures, and 
lental materials used commonly and the role of the dental 
lygienist. Field trips to local commercial dental laboratories and 
he local dental supply houses. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 208-A and 208-B -Externship I and II or 
Phairside and Community Dental Health. (0-6-2) (0-6-2). Spring 
Quarter. Prerequisites: Speech 228, Dental Hygiene 205, 207. 

119 



A two-quarter extra-mural sequence in which the dental hygiene 
student is given the opportunity to utilize principles and 
techniques of dental health education in community schools and, 
also, by appropriately planned learning experiences in selected 
dental offices, to identify her professional role as a member of the 
dental health team. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 209 — Dental Public Health and Preventive 
Dentistry (3-0-3). Winter Quarter. 

A comprehensive overview of health programs with reference to 
the needs of the community. Particular attention is given to 
methods of prevention and control of dental disease, the promotion 
of dental health, and opportunities for participation by the dental 
hygienist. 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN DENTAL HYGIENE EDUCATION 

An additional two years of study (six quarters) are offered to 
graduates of accredited associate degree dental hygiene programs 
who are registered dental hygienists. The enrollment is limited to 
those applicants with a minimum of one year of professional ex- 
perience who wish to prepare themselves for a second career in Den- 
tal Hygiene Education. 

In addition to courses listed for the Associate in Science in Den- 
tal Hygiene Degree, the following courses must be completed. 

English 122, 221 10 Dental Hygiene 401 5 

Math— a 10 qtr. hr. Dental Hygiene 402 5 

sequence 10 Dental Hygiene 403 5 

History 114*, 115* 10 Dental Hygiene 404 5 

Philosophy 201 5 

Education 301 5 20 

Psychology 301, 305 10 

Education 330 5 

P. E. Electives 3 

*These courses may be exempted by 

58 examination with credit awarded. 

Electives 15 See "Academic Regulations" and 

"Degree Programs" sections. 

73 
Course Offerings 

DENTAL HYGIENE 401 — Practicum in Dental Hygiene 
Education I. (1-8-5). Offered on Demand. 

An introductory field experience in the college dental hygiene 
clinic, with emphasis on observation, individual and small group 

120 



teaching, and teacher aide work. The first professional course for 
majors in Dental Hygiene Education. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 402-Practicum in Dental Hygiene 
Education II. (1-8-5). Offered on Demand. 

A continuation of Dental Hygiene 401. Problems common to 
beginning dental hygiene teachers, practices and procedures 
designed to accomplish program objectives, the establishment and 
organization of content, methods of clinical evaluation and super- 
vision in the dental hygiene clinic. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 403 — Practicum in Dental Hygiene 
Education III. (1-8-5). Offered on Demand. 

An advanced field experience, designed to assist the student in 
the development of learning activities, teaching procedures, and 
the presentation of materials pertinent to dental hygiene 
education. The student will develop and teach selected units in the 
basic dental hygiene sequence. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 404 — Dental Hygiene Independent Study. 
(2-6-5). Offered on Demand. 

Individual independent study and field work in an area of major 
interest with special relevance to dental hygiene and future career 
objectives. 

ANTHROPOLOGY 

(See listing under Department of Psychology and Sociology) 

ART 

(See listing under Department of Fine Arts) 



DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY 

Professor Leslie B. Davenport, Jr., Head; Associate Professors 
Beltz and Thorne; Assistant Professors Brower and Pingel 

DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR 

IN BIOLOGY 

The major in biology consists of Biology 101, 102, Botany 203, 
Zoology 204, and at least 40 quarter hours credit in biology courses 
(botany, zoology, etc) numbered 300 or above. The majority of the 
courses in the major numbered 300 or above must be taken in the 
Biology Department at Armstrong State College. 

In addition, biology majors must complete the course sequence in 
organic chemistry (15 quarter hours). The course in general college 
physics (15 quarter hours) is strongly recommended and should be 
considered essential for those who expect to continue the study of 
biology beyond the B.S. degree. 

121 



Every student acquiring a major in biology must include in his 
program the following courses: Biology 370; Biology 480; and Botany 
410 or Zoology 410. If credit for any of these three courses is trans- 
ferred to Armstrong from another college, the department may 
require that it be validated by examination. Unless exempted by 
examination, each student must complete a course in United States 
history. 

To be admitted to courses in biology above the freshman level 
(those numbered 200 or above), the student must have completed the 
prerequisites for each with at least a grade of "C" for each 
prerequisite. To be eligible for a B.S. degree in biology, the student 
must have an average of at least "C" for all upper division courses 
(those numbered 300 or above) in biology. 

Beginning students who have successfully completed strong cour- 
ses in biology in high school are advised to take the examinations 
for advanced placement which are offered with the College En- 
trance Examinations. Arrangements to take these tests may be 
made through the office of the Dean of Student Affairs. 

Course Offerings 

BIOLOGY /PSYCHOLOGY 100— Human Sexual Relationships (3- 
0-3). 

A scientifically oriented discussion of the anatomy, physiology, 
and psychology of human sexuality. Facts pertinent to population 
problems and venereal diseases will be included. Emphasis will be 
on individual responsibility through knowledge. Credit for either 
biology or psychology. 

BIOLOGY 101 — Principles of Biology (4-3-5). Offered each quar- 
ter. Prerequisite: none. 

Biological structure; the reproduction and development of 
organisms; the physical and chemical organization of protoplasm 
and cells. 

BIOLOGY 102— Principles of Biology (4-3-5). Offered each quar- 
ter. Prerequisite: Biology 101. 

Biological function; bioenergetics of cells, cellular and 
organismal physiology, genetics, differentiation, behavior, ecology, 
and evolution. 

BIOLOGY 310— Man and the Environment. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Completion of 75 quarter hours credit in college courses. 

Consideration of the interactions between humans and the sup- 
port systems of the earth which are essential to their existence. 
Credit for this course may not be applied toward a major in biology. 

BIOLOGY 351 — Bacteriology (3-4-5). Fall. Prerequisites: 10 hours 
of biological science, Chemistry 128-129. 

199 



A survey of micro-organisms with special emphasis on bacteria 
and their relationships to man. 

BIOLOGY 352 — Mycology (3-4-5). Offered on demand. Prere- 
quisite: Biology 351. 

A survey of the microscopic and macroscopic fungi common to 
the local geographic area. 

BIOLOGY 358-Histological Technique. (0-10-5). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisites: Biology 101, 102. 

Principles and methods of killing, fixing, embedding, sectioning, 
staining, and mounting plant and animal materials for study. 

BIOLOGY 370 — Genetics (3-4-5). Winter. Prerequisites: Biology 
101, 102. 

An introduction to the principles of biological inheritance. 

BIOLOGY 410-Cellular Physiology (3-4-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisites: At least third quarter junior status; two upper 
division courses in biology; and organic chemistry. 

A consideration of the functional relationships between micro- 
scopic anatomy and cell chemistry, emphasizing permeability, me- 
tabolism, and growth. 

BIOLOGY 440— Cytology (2-6-5). Fall, odd numbered years. 
Prerequisite: Two senior division courses in biology. 

The study of cells, their cytoplasm and nuclei, growth, differen- 
tiation, and reproduction. 

BIOLOGY 450— Evolution (5-0-5). Winter. Prerequisite: major in 
biology (at least 15 qtr. hrs. credit in upper division courses). 
Modern concepts in organic evolution. 

BIOLOGY 480— General Ecology (3-4-5). Spring. Prerequisites: 
Two upper division courses in biology (botany or zoology). 

A survey of the principles of ecology and their application to the 
welfare of man, co-ordinated with a study of populations and com- 
munities in the field. 

BIOLOGY 490 — Problems in Biology (1-5 hours credit). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisites: At least 20 hours credit in biology courses 
numbered 300 or above; a B average in biology courses and in 
overall work; consent of department head; agreement of staff mem- 
ber to supervise work. 

Problems to be assigned and work directed by a member of the 
department. Supervised research including literature search, field 
and/or laboratory investigation, and presentation of acceptable, 
written report of results. Credit will depend upon the work to be 
done. Both credit and proposed work must be approved in advance, 
in writing, by the faculty member to supervise the work and by the 
department head. 

BOTANY 203— Survey of the Plant Kingdom. (3-4-5). Spring. 
Prerequisite: Biology 101 and 102. 

199 



Morphology and phylogeny of the divisions of the plant kingdom, 
with emphasis upon the evolution of the land flora. 

BOTANY 305— Identification of Flowering Plants (0-10-5). 
Spring. Prerequisite: Botany 203. 

Studies in the identification of plants with emphasis on local 
flora. 

BOTANY 323 — Plant Anatomy (0-10-5). Fall, even numbered 
years. Prerequisite: Botany 203. 

The origin and development of the organs and tissue systems of 
vascular plants, and a comparative study of the structure of roots, 
stems, leaves, flowers, and fruits. 

BOTANY 410— Plant Physiology (3-4-5). Summer. Prerequisites: 
Botany 203 and Organic Chemistry. 

A survey of physiological processes occurring in economic plants 
and the conditions which affect these processes. 

BOTANY 425— Plant Morphology (3-4-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisite: Botany 323. 

Comparative studies of vascular plants with emphasis on form, 
structure, reproduction, and evolutionary relationships. 

ENTOMOLOGY 301 — Introductory Entomology (3-4-5). Spring. 
Prerequisite: Zoology 204. 

An introduction to the study of insects - their structure, iden- 
tification, and biology. 

ZOOLOGY 204— Survey of the Animal Kingdom. (3-4-5). Winter. 
Prerequisite: Biology 101 and 102. 

An evolutionary survey of the major animal phyla. 

ZOOLOGY 208— Structure and Function of the Human Body I. (3- 
4-5). Prerequisite: Sophomore status. 

A basic course considering the gross anatomy, histology, and 
physiology of the human organ systems. Intended primarily for 
majors in Physical Education; credit for this course may not be ap- 
plied toward a major in biology. 

ZOOLOGY 209— Structure and Function of the Human Body II. 
(3-4-5). Prerequisite: Zoology 208. 

A continuation of the basic course considering the anatomy and 
physiology of the human. Credit may not be applied toward a major 
in biology. 

ZOOLOGY 325 — Advanced Invertebrate Zoology. (3-4-5). 
Prerequisite: Zoology 204. 

A study of the structure, body functions, interrelations, and 
natural history of the major invertebrate groups. 

ZOOLOGY 355 — Embryology (3-4-5). Fall. Prerequisites: Zoology 
204 or equivalent in another biological science. 

An elementary course in embryology in which the chick is used to 
illustrate the basic principles of developmental anatomy. 



124 






ZOOLOGY 356 — Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates. (8-6-6). 

Winter. Prerequisite: Zoology 204. 

A study of the anatomy and evolution of the organ systems of the 
vertebrates. 

ZOOLOGY 357 — Animal Histology (3-4-5). Winter. Prerequisite: 
Zoology 204. 

A study of the tissues and their organization into organs and 
organ systems in animals. 

ZOOLOGY 372 — Parasitology (3-4-5). Spring. Prerequisite: 
Zoology 204. 

A comparative study of the internal and external parasites of 
man and other animals. 

ZOOLOGY 410— General Vertebrate Physiology (3-4-5). Fall. 
Prerequisites: Zoology 204 and organic chemistry. 

An introduction to the general physiologic processes of the ver- 
tebrates. 

ZOOLOGY 425 — Marine Invertebrate Zoology (2-6-5). Pre- 
requisite: Zoology 325, or permission of instructor and department 
read. 
Studies in the identification and ecologic distribution of marine 
invertebrates as exemplified by collection from the southeastern 
coastal region. 

ZOOLOGY 429 — Endocrinology (4-4-5). Offered on demand. 
[Prerequisites: Zoology 390 and one other senior division course in 
jbiology. 

I Physiology of the endocrine glands, their control of metabolism 
iind reproductive cycles. 

ZOOLOGY 435 — Comparative Physiology (3-4-5). Spring. 
■Prerequisites: Zoology 204, and Chemistry 341, 342, and 343. 

Studies in various groups of animals of the functions of organ 
systems involved in the maintenance of homestasis under varying 
conditions within normal habitats and of in vitro reactions of 
issues and systems under laboratory conditions. 

BOTANY 

(See listing under Department of Biology) 



DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Professor Orange Hall, Head; Professors Davis and Bhatia; 
Associate Professors Morgan and Squires; Assistant Professors 

Iiriercheck, DeCastro, Jensen, LaBurtis, and Pearce. 
Major Concentrations. (For Business Education, see listings un- 



125 



division courses unless he has a minimum grade of C in all 
prerequisite courses in his major field. An average of at least 2.0 in 
his major courses will be a requirement for graduation. 

1. ACCOUNTING 

B.A. 301, 302-Intermediate Accounting I, II, and four of the 
following: 

B.A. 329-Cost Accounting I 
B.A. 330-Cost Accounting II 
B.A. 436-Income Taxation I 
B.A. 437-Income Taxation II 
B.A. 440-Information Systems 
B.A. 450-Auditing Principles 
B.A. 455-Advanced Accounting 

2. ECONOMICS 

Econ. 401-Price and Income Theory 

Econ. 435-Seminar on Contemporary Economic Problems, and 

four of the following: 

Econ. 326-Economic History of the United States 

Econ. 335-Public Finance 

Econ. 345-Economic Development 

Econ. 350-Transportation Economics 

Econ. 405-Government and Business 

Econ. 410-International Trade 

Econ. 420-Comparative Economic Systems 

Econ. 422-Business Fluctuations, Macroeconomics 

Econ. 431-Investments 

Econ. 445-Independent Study 



3. MANAGEMENT-MARKETING 
B.A. 465-Business Policy, and five of the following: 
B.A. 308-Business Law II 
B.A. 315-Business Communications 

B.A. 329-or B.A. 301 Cost or Intermediate Accounting I 
B.A. 375-Personnel Administration 
B.A. 411-Marketing Management 
B.A. 412-Marketing Research 
B.A. 425-Managerial Accounting 
B.A. 440-Information Systems 
B.A. 460-Production Planning and Control 
B.A. 462-Human Relations in Industry 
Econ. 350-Transportation Economics 
Econ. 405-Government and Business 
Psyc. 320-Industrial Psychology 
*(B.A. 304) Salesmanship and Sales Management 
*(B.A. 306) Retailing 
*(B.A. 403) Advertising 

126 



4. FINANCE 

B.A. 461-Corporate Financial Policy or 

B.A. 465-Business Policy 
B.A. 425-Managerial Accounting or 

B.A. 301-Intermediate Accounting or 

B.A. 329-Cost Accounting I 
Four of the following: 

B.A. 308-Business Law 

B.A. 404-Real Estate 

B.A. 407-Principles of Insurance 

B.A. 436-Income Taxation I 

B.A. 437-Income Taxation II 

Economics 335-Public Finance 

Economics 422-Business Fluctuations 

Economics 431-Investments 

*These courses offered at Savannah State College may be taken by students wishing 
a more specialized concentration in marketing for the degree of B.B.A. 



Course Offerings 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 200-Survey of Business (5-0-5). 
Fall, Spring, Summer. 

A first course in business for Business Administration majors or 
an elective for non-majors who wish to gain an understanding of 
the functioning of business enterprises in our capitalistic system. 
The course will provide a basic familiarity with: (a) the economic, 
social, and political environment in which business enterprises 
operate, and (b) the tools and managerial skills used in business 
decision-making in the various functional areas such as 
organization, management, financing, marketing, production and 
personnel. (Not open to upper-division business majors who have 
already taken 300-level work) 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 205-Data Processing (5-0-5). 
Fall, Winter. 

A study of the basic methods, techniques, and systems of manual, 
imechanical, electrical and electronic data processing systems and 
ran analysis of the application of these systems to business and in- 
dustry with emphasis on the manager and the role of management. 
[Included in the course of study are the telecommunication terminal 
systems and the languages necessary to communicate with a com- 
puting system. Languages available include CPS BASIC, PL/1, 
[DARTMOUTH BASIC AND PIFOR. Other languages will be in- 
cluded as they become available. 

127 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 211 -Introductory Accounting I. 
(5-0-5). Fall, Winter, Spring. 

An introduction to the fundamental principles and procedures of 
accounting, including a study of the journal, the ledger, working 
papers, accounting statements, controlling accounts, special jour- 
nals, partnerships and corporations. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 212 -Introductory Accounting 
II. (5-0-5). Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: Business Administration 
211. 

An application of accounting principles to certain problems such 
as departmental operations, manufacturing accounts, the analysis 
of financial statements, accounting aids to management, 
statement of application of funds. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 301 -Intermediate Accounting I. 
(5-0-5). Fall. Prerequisite: Business Administration 212. 

Accounting theory and the solution of problems requiring an ap- 
plication of accounting theory. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 302-Intermediate Accounting 
II. (5-0-5). Winter. Prerequisite: Business Administration 301. 

A continuation of Business Administration 301, emphasizing the 
theories of valuation of fixed assets and liability accounts, the ap- 
plication of these, and the interpretation of financial statements 
prepared on the basis of these theories. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 307-Business Law I. (5-0-5). 
Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Law governing the basic principles applicable to the following 
subjects: Contracts, offer and acceptance, consideration, rights of 
third parties and discharge; agency, liabilities of principal and 
agent; negotiability, endorsement and transfer, liabilities of par- 
ties. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 308-Business Law II. (5-0-5). 
Winter. 

The law applicable to the following subjects: partnership for- 
mation, powers and liabilities of partners; corporation, formation, 
powers, rights of security holders; sales, vesting of title, warrants, 
remedies. 



id 
rial 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 315-Business Communication. 
(5-0-5). Fall, Winter. 

The development in the student of an awareness of the problems 
in communicating in modern business; the principles of effective 
business communication and the application of these principles to 
the writing of business reports, memorandums, letters, news 
releases, newsletters, agendas, programs, annual reports, and other 
business information media, including the instruments of the job- J5|. 
application process. 

128 



sal 



[BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 820— Business Finance (5-0-6), 

rail, Winter. Prerequisite: Business Administration 212, 
I The internal and external sources of financing for business <n- 
Lerprises; acquisition and management of long-term and shorter- 
rerm funds; types of securities; equity and debt instruments; 
problems of financial management. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 329-Cost Accounting I. (f>-()-f>). 
Vinter. Prerequisite: Business Administration 212. 
\ Methods of determining and distributing costs in manufacturing, 
ncluding job order and process methods. 

I BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 330-Cost Accounting II. (5-0-5). 
Jummer. Prerequisite: Business Administration 329. 

Standard cost procedures; budgeting; distribution costs and 
pecial cost problems. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 340-Principles of Marketing. 
p-0-5). Fall, Winter. Prerequisite: Business Administration 200 or 
Economics 202. 

Principles and methods involved in the movement of goods and 
ervices from producers to consumers or ultimate users. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 344-Principles of Salesman- 
hip. (5-0-5). Fall. Prerequisite: B.A. 340. 

I A detailed investigation and analysis of the myriad techniques 
Itilized in the selling process. 

I BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 360-Principles of Management. 

p-0-5). Fall, Winter. Prerequisite: Business Administration 200 or 

|12. 

I The basic principles of management applicable to all forms of 

lusiness and to all levels of supervision; the functions of planning, 

[rganizing, directing, and controlling as components of the 

Management process. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 375-Personnel Administration. 
15-0-5). Fall, Spring. Prerequisite: Business Administration 200 or 
economics 202. 

I Personnel administration as a staff function. Employment stan- 
dards, training, safety and health, employee services and industrial 
blations. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 404-Real Estate. (5-0-5). Win- 
ir. Prerequisites: Upper-division status or permission. 

Principles and practices concerned with the economic, financial, 
lanagerial, and marketing aspects of commercial and industrial 
sal estate planning and utilization. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 407-Principles of Insurance. (5- 
5). Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Principles of Accounting I 
nd II, Principles of Economics I and II. 

129 



Introduction to the basic principles of life, property, liability and 
other areas of insurance. Consideration is given to the importance 
of risk in personal and business affairs and the various methods of 
handling risk. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 411 -Marketing-Management (5 
0-5). Winter. Prerequisites: Business Administration 340 and 360 

Management of marketing organizations, with emphasis on plan 
ning, organizing and controlling the marketing organization; inter 
nal and external communications; marketing managemen 
decision-making. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 412-Marketing Research (5-0-5) 
Spring. Prerequisites: Business Administration 340, Math 220. 

Sampling, survey, experimental and other research techniques fo; 
determining customer preferences and market potentials. Inter 
pretation and presentation of research findings for managemen 
decision making. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 425- Managerial Accounting. | 
0-5). Spring. Prerequisite: Business Administration 212. 

Emphasizes theory and practice of accounting from the stand 
point of those who direct business operations and shape busines; 
policy. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 436-Income Taxation I. (5-0-5 
Fall, Winter. Prerequisite: Business Administration 212. 

A study of federal income tax law and regulations; the incom ; 
tax returns of individuals, partnerships, and corporations. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 437-Income Taxation II. (5-0-5; 
Spring or Summer. Prerequisite: Business Administration 436 o 
consent of instructor. 

A continuation of Business Administration 436 with emphasis oi 
corporations and fiduciary returns, gift taxes, and estate taxes | 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 440 -Information Systems. (W 
5). Spring. Prerequisites: Business Administration 212 and 360. 

The design and implementation of total information system 
which meet organizational needs for effective direction, decisiorjn; 
making, and control. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 450-Auditing Principles. (W 
5). Spring. Prerequisite: Business Administration 302. 

The principles of audits and financial verifications, standards c 
field work, preparation of audit working papers, writing audi r 
reports, auditing ethics. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 455-Advanced Accounting. (5-< 
5). Spring. Prerequisites: Business Administration 301 and 302 

Selected problems in accounting. Analysis and evaluation < t: 
methods used for organizing and solving special accountin 
problems. 

130 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 460- Production Planning and 

Control. (5-0-5). Fall. Prerequisites: Business Administration 
Math 220. 

The principles of production management are developed through 
study of plant layout, inventory control, materials handling, 
production scheduling, quality control, and associated topi* 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 461-Corporate Financial 
Policy. (5-0-5). Spring. Prerequisites: Business Administration 320 
knd Senior Status. 

Analysis of financial problems, practices, policies, and decision- 
making rules of corporations. This course should be taken, when 
possible, in the student's last quarter before graduation. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 462-Human Relations in In- 
dustry. (5-0-5). Winter. Prerequisites: Business Administration 360. 
Business Administration 375 and Psychology 101 are desirable. 
, A study of the process of integrating people into the work 
situation so that they are motivated to work together harmoniously, 
Droductively, and with economic, psychological, and social satisfac- 
tion. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 465-Business Policy. (5-0-5). 
[Winter, Spring. Prerequisites: Business Administration 320, 340, 
560, Math 220, and senior status. 

Problem solving and decision making by top management. An in- 
tegrating course, taught by the case method. Should be taken in the 
(student's final quarter, if possible. 

BUSINESS EDUCATION 

BUSINESS EDUCATION 104-Beginning Typewriting. (0-5-2). 
■ill. 

Development of basic skill; introduction to typewritten letters, 
abulations, and manuscripts (includes term papers and book 
teports). Students who have earned high school credit in a one-year 
ourse in typewriting (or the college equivalent — one quarter or one 
emester) may not take this course for credit. These students should 
egin the typewriting sequence with Intermediate Typewriting, 
business Education 105. 

BUSINESS EDUCATION 105-Intermediate Typewriting. (0-5-2). 
Vinter. Prerequisite: Business Education 104 or equivalent. 

Improvement of basic skill; tabulations, business forms, letters, 
nemorandums, and manuscripts; emphasis on production rate. 

BUSINESS EDUCATION 106-Advanced Typewriting. (0-5-2). 
pring. Prerequisite: Business Education 105 or equivalent. 

Major emphasis on production rate; tabulations, letters, and 
lanuscripts; varied business forms and other information media. 

131 



BUSINESS EDUCATION Ill-Beginning Gregg Shorthand. (5-0- 
3). Fall. Prerequisite or corequisite: Business Education 104 or 
equivalent. 

Complete theory; reading, dictation and transcription from 
studied material to 60 words a minute. Students who have earned 
high school credit in a one-year course in Gregg Shorthand (or the 
college equivalent — one quarter or one semester) may not take this 
course for credit. These students should begin the shorthand sequence 
with Intermediate Gregg Shorthand, Business Education 112. 

BUSINESS EDUCATION 112-Intermediate Gregg Shorthand 
(5-0-3). Winter. Prerequisite: Business Education 111 or equivalent^ 
and Business Education 104 or equivalent. 

Improvement of basic skill; mailable copy; reading; dictation and 
transcription from studied and new material to 90 words a minute. 

BUSINESS EDUCATION 113-Advanced Gregg Shorthand. (5-0 
3). Spring. Prerequisite: Business Education 112 or equivalent and 
Business Education 104 or equivalent. 

Improvement of basic skill; reading; mailable copy; dictation anc 
transcription from studied and new material to 120 words a minute 

BUSINESS EDUCATION 212-Office Machines. (3-2-3). Springf 

Development of skill in the use of adding-listing machines, calcu 
lating machines, dictating-transcribing machines, reproducing 
machines, and the proportional-space typewriter; course syllabu 
adapted to individual student's needs. 

BUSINESS EDUCATION 213-Office Procedures. (5-0-5). Spring! 
Prerequisites: Business Education 105 and Business Education HS^ 
or their equivalent. 

Development of an understanding of administrative service} 
common to modern business; work flow; interpersonal relation 
ships; records maintenance and management. 



ECONOMICS 



ECONOMICS 201 — Principles of Economics I. (5-0-5). Fall, Win 
ter, Spring. 

A study of the principles underlying the economic institutions o 
the present time and their application to economic problem^ 
Aggregative or macroeconomics is emphasized. 

ECONOMICS 202— Principles of Economics II. (5-0-5). Wintei 4 
Spring, Summer. 

Microeconomics, with emphasis on the theory of prices and facto 
shares. If a student plans to take only one economics cours< 
Economics 201 would be more suitable than Economics 202. 



ECONOMICS 311 -Quantitative Methods. (5-0-5). Spring. Pr Hr 
requisite: Math 220. i Da 



132 



Applications of statistics and other quantitative techniques to 

ecision making in business and economics. 

ECONOMICS 326 — Economic History of the United Stat. 
). Offered on demand. 

The growth and development of economic institutions in the 
fnited States from the colonial period to the present, with em- 
hasis on the period since 1860, and including developments in 
griculture, industry, labor, transportation, and finance. 

ECONOMICS 327-Money and Banking. (5-0-5). Fall, Spring. 
*rerequisites: Economics 201, 202. 

. Monetary theory, banking theory and practice, central bank con- 
sols, other financial institutions, credit flows, monetary policies to 
tehieve desired economic efforts. 

[ECONOMICS 331 — Labor and Industrial Relations. (5-0-5). Win- 
»r, Summer. Prerequisites: Economics 201, 202. 
;The development and structure of the labor movement in the 
jnited States; the principles of wage determination; collective 
irgaining; and public policy toward labor unions. 

ECONOMICS 335-Public Finance. (5-0-5). Spring, Summer, 
rerequisites: Economics 201, 202. 

The economic effects of governmental taxation, expenditures, 
id public debt management. The principal sources of revenue and 
pes of expenditures at the federal, state, and local levels. The 
oper scope of government and issues of fairness in taxation. 

ECONOMICS 345— Economic Development. (5-0-5). Alternate 
alls. Prerequisites: Economics 201, 202. 

The nature and cause of economic stagnation in developing 
itions of the world, urgent need for their economic development, 
teory of economic growth, ways of fostering development, and 
danced growth and industrialization. 

ECONOMICS 350— Transportation Economics. (5-0-5). Winter. 

•erequisites: Economics 201, 202. 

The economic aspects of transportation; significant develop- 

ents in the fields of highway transport, water transport, and air 

ansport, and in regulatory policy concerning the transportation 

dustry. 

ECONOMICS 401 — Price and Income Theory. (5-0-5). Winter. 

erequisites: Economics 201, 202, and Economics 327 or consent of 

structor. 

Economic analysis, especially the theories of production, price 

termination, factor shares, income distribution and deter- 

nation. 

133 



ECONOMICS 405 — Government and Business. (5-0-5). Fall. 
Prerequisite: upper-division status. 

The effects of public policies upon business and industry with 
emphasis on anti-trust, taxation, regulatory, and defense policies. 

ECONOMICS 410- International Trade. (5-0-5). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisites: Economics 201, 202, and Economics 327 or 
consent of instructor. 

Export-import trade, emphasizing exchange techniques, balance, 
of trade and payments accounts, and the theory of international 
specialization and exchange, the relationship of international 
transactions to national income. 

ECONOMICS 420 — Comparative Systems. (5-0-5). Alternate] 
Springs. Prerequisites: Economics 201, 202. 

Study of economic problems under different economic systems! 
such as capitalism, socialism; and introduction to Marxian 
economic theory. 

ECONOMICS 422— Business Fluctuations, Macroeconomics. (5-0i 
5). Alternate years. Prerequisite: Economics 327 or Economics 201 
202 and consent of instructor. 

Causes of business fluctuations, means of prevention or control 
policy proposals to maintain full employment and price stability 

ECONOMICS 431 — Investments. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

The investment risks in different investment media; selection o [ 
appropriate media in accordance with individual or institutions 
goals and risk-bearing capacity. Types of investments an< 
securities. 

ECONOMICS 435 — Seminar on Contemporary Economi 
Problems. (5-0-5). Alternate Springs. Prerequisites: Economics 20 
and 202, and two 300-level economics courses. 

General problems of production, employment, and income, wit 
special reference to the specific problems faced by the America 
economic system. 

ECONOMICS 445-Independent Study. (5-0-5). Offered oil 
demand. to 

Mature students of economics may be permitted to undertal M 
special independent studies in one or more aspects of economic > : 
under the supervision and guidance of a member of the facult ioc 
Normally, the subject matter covered will parallel a bulleti 
described course which is only infrequently offered. The studei 
will meet frequently with his advisor and will be expected to subm 
reports in depth on his studies. Approval of the Advisor and t)fc* 
Department Head will be necessary for admittance to this coursf-ar 

134 






DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 

Professor Fretwell G. Crider, Head; Associate Professors Brewer, 
Harris, Robbins, and Stratton; Assistant Professors Guillou and 
Whiten. 

Departmental Requirements for the Major in Chemistry 

Unless exempted by examination, each student must complete a 
course in United States history. 

Quarter Hours 
[. Major Requirements 

A. Lower Division 

General Inorganic Chemistry (128, 129) 10 

Analytic Chemistry (Qual. 281; Quant. 282) 10 

B. Upper Division 

Organic Chemistry (341, 342, 343) 15 

Physical Chemistry (491, 492, 493) 12 

Electives (13 qtr. hrs.) from the following: 13 

Advanced Inorganic (421), 4 qtr. hrs. 

Qualitative Organic Analysis (448), 4 qtr. hrs. 

Instrumental Analysis (480), 5 qtr. hrs. 

Special Problems in Chemistry (498, 499), 1-5 qtr. hrs. 

Chemistry 431, 432, 441, 3 qtr. hrs. ea. 

. Requirements in Related Fields 

A. Mathematics through Calculus 5 

B. Physics 15 



Course Offerings 
CHEMISTRY 

CHEMISTRY 121, 122-General Chemistry. (4-3-5 for each 
ourse). Prerequisite: Entrance Requirements. Offered each quarter. 

These courses are designed for the student who is pursuing a non- 
cience college major. They include a study of the fundamental laws 
nd theories of inorganic chemistry. Included in the second quarter 
a survey of organic chemistry and an introduction to 
iochemistry. These courses are a lecture-laboratory study with 
iiinimum reliance on mathematics. 

CHEMISTRY 128, 129— General Chemistry. (4-3-5 for each 
ourse). Prerequisite: College Algebra or equivalent. Offered each 
uarter. 

135 



A study of the fundamental principles and laws of chemistry with 
a quantitative approach to the subject. These courses are designee 
for the science major expecting detailed work in the modern con- 
cept of the atom, chemical bonding and a thorough treatment of the 
chemistry of particular elements, families and groups. The 
laboratory work includes an understanding of fundamenta 
techniques as applied to beginning experiments and a study o: 
properties and preparations. 

CHEMISTRY 281 — Qualitative Inorganic Analysis. 
Prerequisite: Chemistry 129. Spring and Fall. 

Theory and adequate laboratory practice in the analysis of com- 
mon cations and anions. 

CHEMISTRY 282— Quantitative Inorganic Analysis. (2-9-5). 3 
Prerequisite: Chemistry 281. Winter and Summer. 

The fundamental theories and practice of gravimetric and l 
volumetric analysis with an introduction to instrumental analysis. 

CHEMISTRY 315— Oceanographical Chemistry. (4-0-4). Prere-|( 
quisite: Physical Science 122, Chemistry 122, 129, or approved 
equivalent. Winter and Summer. S 

This course will cover the detailed relationships among the ° 
minerals of the ocean and ocean-floor and their ocean and air en- 
vironments. It will include a study of the methods of analysis and F 
sample collection used to obtain oceanographic data and a presen- 
tation of the chemical applications of oceanography. May be taken si 
with or without laboratory. ? 

CHEMISTRY 316— Oceanographical Chemistry Laboratory. (0-3- 
1). Corequisite: Chemistry 315. C 

Laboratory study of methods of oceanographical chemistry. 

CHEMISTRY 320— Environmental Chemistry (4-0-4). Prere-J 
quisite: Chemistry 122, 129, or Physical Science 122. Fall and Spring. ^ 

A study of the ways in which industrial, civic, and private ac- 
tivities may alter the environment. The methods available for ob- 
serving these changes, the evaluation of long-term chemical effects ^ 
from early data and correction or reversal techniques are discussed. 
May be taken with or without laboratory. 

CHEMISTRY 321 — Environmental Chemistry Laboratory (0-3-1) 
Corequisite: Chemistry 320. Fall. 

Laboratory study of parameters related to chemical effects on the 
environment. 

CHEMISTRY 341, 342— Organic Chemistry. (3-6-5 for each 
course). Prerequisite: Chemistry 129. Fall, Winter. 

These courses include the study of aliphatics, aromatic hydrocar 
bons and their derivatives, polyfunctional compounds, anc 
polynuclear hydrocarbons. Organic reactions are emphasized ir 
terms of modern electronic theory. 



136 






B 



CHEMISTRY 848— Organic Chemistry. (8-6-5). Prerequisite: 

Chemistry 342. Spring. 

A continuation of the organic chemistry sequence 841, 'M2. This 
course completes the fundamental study of organic chemistry with 
a consideration of carbohydrates, amino acids, and heterocyclics 
with their related compounds. 

CHEMISTRY 350— Chemical Literature. (2-0-2). Prerequisite: 

Chemistry 342 or consent of Department Head. Spring. 

A study of the use of the chemical library and the important jour- 
nals, references, and information sources. Course will include in- 
struction in report writing. 

CHEMISTRY 360 — Biochemistry. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: Chemistry 
343. Spring. 

A study of the chemical nature of cellular constituents and their 
metabolisms. 

CHEMISTRY 375 — Industrial Chemistry (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Chemistry 122, 129, or Physical Science 122. Spring. 

A detailed description of major chemical processes in the 
Southeast, including some economic aspects, with special emphasis 
on the chemical industry in the State of Georgia. 

CHEMISTRY 421— Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3-3-4). 
Prerequisite: Chemistry 282. Spring. 

Selected topics in inorganic chemistry tending to increase 
students' understanding of mechanisms of chemical reactions. Em- 
phasizes the periodicity of elements. 

CHEMISTRY 431 — Seminar. (3-0-3). Prerequisite: Chemistry 491, 
Chemistry 343, or Chemistry 421. Offered on demand. 

Selected topics for group discussion. 

CHEMISTRY 432 — Seminar. (3-0-3). Prerequisite: Chemistry 491, 
Chemistry 343, or Chemistry 421. Offered on demand. 

Selected topics for group discussion. 

CHEMISTRY 441 — Advanced Organic Chemistry. (3-0-3). 
Prerequisite: Chemistry 343. Fall. 

A further study of important organic reactions emphasizing 
theories of reaction mechanisms of organic chemistry. 

CHEMISTRY 448 — Organic Qualitative Analysis. (2-6-4). 
Prerequisite: Chemistry 343. Summer. 
Systematic approach to the identification of organic compounds. 

CHEMISTRY 480 — Instrumental Analysis. (2-9-5). Prerequisites: 
Chemistry 282, 342. Winter, Summer. 

Includes study of principles involved in the operation and the 
laboratory use of special instruments for analysis. 

CHEMISTRY 491, 492, 493 — Physical Chemistry. (3-3-4 for each 
course). Prerequisites: Chemistry 343, 282; Physics 213; Mathematics 
104. Fall, Winter, Spring. 

137 



Fundamental principles of physical chemistry including the 
study of solids, liquids, gases, thermochemistry, thermodynamics 
and solutions. These courses will also cover a study of chemical 
equilibria, chemical kinetics, electrochemistry, colloids, quantum 
mechanics and nuclear chemistry. 

CHEMISTRY 498, 499— Special Problems. (Schedule and credit 
vary). Prerequisites: Chemistry 493 and consent of Department 
Head. 

Problems to be assigned and work directed by a member of the 
Department. Supervised research including literature search, 
laboratory experimentation and presentation of results. Course 
credit will depend on problem. 

PHYSICAL SCIENCE 

PHYSICAL SCIENCE 108, 109, 110-Physical Science of Bio- 
Processes. (4-3-5 for each course). Prerequisite: Entrance 
Requirements. Fall, Winter, Spring. 

A three quarter sequence which teaches the inter-relationships of 
content and application of essential principles from chemistry, 
physics, physiology, microbiology, and anatomy. 

PHYSICAL SCIENCE 114-Physical Oceanography. (5-0-5). 
Prerequisite: Entrance Requirements. Summer. 

A survey of basic physical oceanography. Distribution of land 
and water over the earth. Nature and relief of the sea floor. 
Physical and chemical properties of sea water. Propagation of 
sound and light in the ocean. Tides and currents, turbulence and 
waves, and air-sea energy exchange. Instrumentation. Lectures, 
visual aids, charts, maps, and problems. 

PHYSICAL SCIENCE 121-Physical Environment. (4-3-5). 
Prerequisite: Admission Requirements. Fall, Winter. 

An elementary study of the fundamental laws and concepts of 
mechanics, heat, light, sound, and nuclear structure. This course is 
designed for non-science majors interested in a descriptive survey 
of the principles of physics. The laboratory study is designed to sup- 
plement the study of theory. No credit given to a student who has 
completed a course in college physics. 

PHYSICAL SCIENCE 122-Physical Environment. (4-3-5). 
Prerequisite: Physical Science 121. Winter, Spring. 

An elementary study of the fundamental laws and theories of 
chemistry. This is a descriptive course covering the classification of 
elements, basic chemical reactions, atomic and molecular structure 
designed for the non-science major. Completes a sequence which 
covers an introduction to the physical sciences. The laboratory 
study includes experiences which augment class discussion. No 
credit given to a student who has completed a course in college 
chemistry. 

138 



PHYSICS 

PHYSICS 211— Mechanics. (4-2-6). Prerequisite: Mathematics LQ2. 
Fall, Summer. 

The first part of the sequence Physics 211-212-218 in general 
physics. Basic classical physics, including mechanics, sound, and 
heat. Designed for students with aptitude in mathematics below the 
level of calculus. Lectures, demonstrations, visual aids, problems 
and laboratory work. 

PHYSICS 212 — Electricity, Magnetism, Basic Light. (4-2-5). Pre- 
requisites: Mathematics 102 and Physics 211. Winter. 

The second part of the sequence Physics 211-212-213. Basic elec- 
tricity, magnetism, and geometrical optics. 

PHYSICS 213 — Light Phenomena, Modern Physics. (4-2-5). 
Prerequisites: Mathematics 102 and Physics 212. Spring. 

The last part of the sequence Physics 211-212-213. Continues the 
study of light from the viewpoint of physical optics, and concludes 
with the study of atomic and nuclear physics. Laboratory work in- 
cludes two selected experiments of advanced scope. 

PHYSICS 217 — Mechanics. (5-3-6). Prerequisite: Mathematics 104, 
or concurrently. Fall, Summer. 

The first part of the sequence Physics 217-218-219 in general 
physics. Basic classical physics, including mechanics, sound and 
heat. Designed especially for engineering students and recommend- 
ed for science majors. Lectures, demonstrations, visual aids, 
problems, and laboratory work. 

PHYSICS 218— Electricity, Magnetism, Basic Light. (5-3-6). Pre- 
requisites: Mathematics 104 and Physics 217. Winter. 

The second part of the sequence Physics 217-218-219. Basic elec- 
tricity, magnetism, and geometrical optics. 

PHYSICS 219— Light Phenomena, Modern Physics. (5-3-6). Pre- 
requisites: Mathematics 104 and Physics 218. Spring. 

The last part of the sequence Physics 217-218-219. Continues the 
study of light from the viewpoint of physical optics, and concludes 
with the study of atomic and nuclear physics. Laboratory work in- 
cludes two selected experiments of advanced scope. 

PHYSICS 301— Astronomy. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: Physical Science 
121, Chemistry 121 or approved equivalent. Spring. 

A discussion of the planetary system, stars, stellar structure, and 
cosmology. 

PHYSICS 380— Introductory Quantum Mechanics. (5-0-5). Pre- 
requisite: Physics 213 or Physics 219 and Math 201. 

An introduction to quantum mechanical principles with ap- 
plications in atomic and molecular structure. 

139 



PHYSICS 417 — Mechanics. (5-0-5). Prerequisites: Physics 217 or 
211 and Math 201. Physics 218 or 212 and Math 341 are recommend- 
ed. 

Statics, kinematics, and dynamics of particles and of systems of 
particles are developed using Newtonian principles. 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 
(See listing under Department of English, Speech, and Philosophy) 

DEPARTMENT OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

Associate Professor James W. Witt, Head; 
Assistant Professor Megathlin 

Two programs of study are available to the student who wishes to 
study in the criminal justice area— a two-year program leading to 
the degree of Associate in Science in Criminal Justice and a four- 
year program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in 
Criminal Justice. Each student should work closely with the Head 
of the Department in planning his program for either of the two 
degrees. 

Associate in Science in Criminal Justice 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 55 

1. English 121-122 10 

2. Speech 228 5 

3. Art 200, Music 200, or Philosophy 201 5 

4. Mathematics 190 5 

5. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

6. History 251* or 252* and Political 

Science 113* 10 

7. Psychology 101 and Sociology 201 10 

B. Area of Concentration 25 

Criminal Justice 100, 201, 250, 303, 305 

C. Related Areas 10 

Psychology 303 or Psychology 405 5 

Sociology 305 5 

D. Physical Education 6 

TOTAL 96 

140 



Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice 

Students who intend to major in Criminal .Justice should com- 
plete Criminal Justice 100 before the end of the freshman year and 
should complete all general education requirements M soon as 
possible. 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 66 

1. English 121, 122, 221 15 

2. Art 200, Music 200, Philosophy 201 
or English 222 5 

3. Mathematics 190 and either 195 or 220 10 

4. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

5. Political Science 113* and History 114* 
and 115* 15 

6. Psychology 101, Sociology 201, Economics 
101, or Anthropology 201 5 

7. Physical Education 6 

B. Courses Appropriate to Area of Concentration 30 

1. Psychology 101 or Sociology 201 5 

2. History 251* or 252* 5 

3. Criminal Justice 100, 200, and 201 15 

4. Speech 228 5 

C. Area of Concentration 25 

1. Criminal Justice 303, 305, 403, 
440 or 490 20 

2. Sociology 305 (Criminology) 5 

D. Electives from Related Areas 70 

1. Seventy hours chosen from a list of selected elec- 
tives. No more than fifteen hours may be taken 
from any one department except Criminal 
Justice. Seven of these courses must be 300-400 
level courses. 



TOTAL 191 



*A student in either the associate or the baccalaureate degree program may exempt 
these courses with credit awarded. See "Academic Regulations" and "Degree Pro- 
grams" sections. 

141 



Course Offerings 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 100— Introduction to Criminal Justice. (5- 
0-5). Fall. 

This course deals with a systemic study of the agencies involved 
in the process of criminal justice. Required of all criminal justice 
majors. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 102— Introduction to Corrections. (5-0-5). 
Offered on demand. 

This course deals in the following areas: Correctional goals and 
organization, inmates (characteristics, behavior, classification, 
etc.), security and interpersonal relations. Although this course is 
designed primarily for those practitioners who are currently 
working in correctional institutions, it is open to all criminal 
justice majors. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 200-Research Methods in Criminal 
Justice. (5-0-5). Fall. 

This course deals with the methods and techniques of research in 
the behavioral sciences. Emphasis will be placed on learning how to 
evaluate research. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 201-Criminal Procedure. (5-0-5). Winter. 

A survey of the distinctive features of, and the basis for, 
American Criminal Law buttressed by an analysis of leading court 
decisions relative to procedural rights emanating from the Bill of 
Rights. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 250 — Directed Readings in Criminal 
Justice. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

A course designed to permit each student to pursue an approved 
topic through independent study and research under the guidance 
and direction of the instructor. This course is designed to 
familiarize students who do not intend to pursue a four-year degree 
program with the fundamentals of practical research. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 301 -Juvenile Delinquency. (5-0-5). Fall. 
Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 100 or consent of instructor. 

A survey of theories of juvenile delinquency, the sociological, 
biological, and psychological factors involved in juvenile 
delinquency and the modern trends in prevention and treatment. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 302 — Criminalistics. (5-0-5). Summer. 
Prerequisite: a natural science lab. sequence. 

An introduction to the problems and techniques of scientific 
criminal investigation. Emphasis will be placed on familiarizing 
the student with the role of science and technology in modern law 
enforcement. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 303-Penology. (5-0-5). Winter. 
Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 100 or consent of instructor. 

142 



This course deals with the analysis and evaluation of both 
[historical and contemporary correctional systems. This course will 
[also deal with the development, organization, operation and results 
of the different systems of corrections found in America 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 304-Probation and Parole. (5-0-5). Sum- 
mer. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 303. 

This course will deal with the development, organization, 
operation and results of systems of probation and parole as sub- 
stitutes for incarceration. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 305 — Introduction to Law Enforcement. (5- 
0-5). Fall. 

An introduction to the philosophical and historical background 
and the role of law enforcement in the field of criminal justice. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 306 — Correctional Counseling. (5-0-5). Win- 
ter. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 303. 

This course deals with the nature and function of counseling in a 
correctional setting. The different theoretical approaches and 
techniques of counseling as they can be applied in a correctional 
setting will be investigated. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 307 — Community Base Treatment. (5-0-5). 
Spring. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 303. 

This course will investigate the different community base treat- 
ment facilities. An emphasis will be placed on investigating the 
function of half-way houses and the use of volunteers in correc- 
tions. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 402-Civil Liberties. (5-0-5). Spring. 
Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 201 or Political Science 317. 

Problems will be drawn from the substantive and procedural 
aspects of constitutional law and explored in the context of the 
current friction between the values of order and individual liberty. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 403-Judicial Process. (5-0-5). Winter. 
Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 201 or Political Science 317. 

Courts as political subsystems in comparative perspective. 
Judicial decision-making and the development of public policy 
through the judicial process. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 404 — Correctional Treatment. (5-0-5). 
Spring. Prerequisites: Criminal Justice 303, 306. 

This course involves an evaluation of specific programs and ex- 
periments in institutional treatment. An emphasis will be placed 
on the institutional adjustment, the preparation for institutional 
release and post-release facilities. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 405-Group Methods in Corrections I. (5-0- 
5). Fall. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 306. 

This course will investigate the group dynamics and the group 
processes as they can be applied to a correctional setting. 

143 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 406 — Group Methods in Corrections II. (5-0- 
5). Fall. Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 405. 

This course will be a continuation of the group methods in 
Corrections I. It will investigate the different theoretical ap- 
proaches to group counseling. Coupled with the didactic aspects of 
the course, there will be certain experiential requirements. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 407 — Legal Aspects of Corrections. (5-0-5). 
Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Criminal Justice 201, 303. 

The course deals with the legal problems from convictions to 
release. Legal problems will be investigated in the following areas: A 
pre-sentence investigation, sentencing, probation, parole, incar- 
ceration, and loss and restoration of civil liberties. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 408 — Human Relations. (5-0-5). Spring. 
Prerequisite: Sociology 201. 

This course will deal in the area of human relations as a means of 
controlling and changing people. Emphasis will be placed on effec- 
tive listening and effective communication. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 409-Law and Society. (5-0-5). Spring. 
Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 403 or the consent of the instructor. 

The study of the theory and philosophy of law and the relation- 
ship between law and society. Current controversies such as civil 
disobedience and law and personal morality will receive special at- 
tention. 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 440-Seminar in Criminal Justice. (5-0-5) 
Spring. Prerequisite: Open to all seniors only or by consent of the 
instructor. 

An intensive study of selected topics relative to the concept of 
criminal justice. Subject matter will vary annually. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 450-Field Experience I. (5-0-5). Offered 
each quarter. Prerequisite: Open only to senior criminal justice 
majors. 

This course is designed to broaden the educational experience of 
students through appropriate observation and work assignments 
with criminal justice agencies. In this course the student will have 
the opportunity to correlate theoretical knowledge with practice in 
participating agencies. A minimum of five hours per week must be 
spent with the participating agency. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 451-Field Experience II. (5-0-5). Offered 
each quarter. Prerequisite: Open only to senior criminal justice 
majors. 

This is a sequential course to Criminal Justice 450, in which the 
student is further able to broaden his perspectives by working with 
another criminal justice agency. A minimum of five hours a week 
must be spent with the participating agency. 

144 



I CRIMINAL JUSTICE 462— Internship in Corrections, (Maximum 
5 Hours Credit). Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Open only to 
senior criminal justice majors who arc specialising in corrections. 

This course is designed to provide the student with an oppor- 
tunity to apply academic training in the practical correctional sot- 
ting. Settings will range from a penal institution (state or federal) 
to a community treatment facility. This course will be jointly 
supervised by college staff and correctional officials. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 490-Directed Research in Criminal 
Justice. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Open only by in- 
vitation of the instructor. 

A course designed to provide qualified students the opportunity 
to perform suitable and meaningful research into some area of 
criminal justice under the direction of the instructor. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 
(See listing under Department of Allied Health Services) 

ECONOMICS 
(See listing under Department of Business Administration) 



DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION 

Professor William W. Stokes, Head; Associate Professors 
dewberry and Ward; Assistant Professors Boney, Lentini, and 
rlundbaken. 

The purpose of the Department of Education is to coordinate the 
:ollege-wide programs of teacher education and to offer 
Professional courses for the pre-service and in-service preparation 
)f teachers. For specific requirements of the teacher education 
urograms offered by the college, see "Teacher Education" under 
Degree Programs." 

Course Offerings 

EDUCATION 99 — Reading. (3-4-0). Every Quarter. 

Developmental and remedial reading for students who wish to 
improve their reading skills. Each student's degree of reading ef- 
ficiency is diagnosed and a program structured to his individual 
leeds is planned and conducted. Continuous diagnosis alters in- 
Jtruction daily. 

EDUCATION 203— Orientation to Teaching. (5-0-5). Each quar- 
;er. 

145 



The study of the status of education and of teaching as a 
profession. The student engages in directed self-study and plans for 
the achievement of his professional goals. 

EDUCATION 301 — Child Development and the Educative 
Process. (2-8-5). Fall, Winter, Spring. 

A study of the developmental learning characteristics of pupils in 
relation to ways in which the school environment may elicit further 
development. Students attend seminars on campus and serve as 
junior professionals in selected elementary schools. Enrollment 
limited to 12 students per section. Prerequisite: Education 203. 



v 



EDUCATION 330 — Secondary School Curriculum and Methods, 
General. (3-6-5). Each quarter. 

The study of secondary school curriculum and methods. Detailed 
study is given to techniques of systematic observation, preparation 
of behavioral objectives, analysis of critical incidents, production! 
of media materials, practices of classroom control, andP' 1 
examination of instructional models. Directed practicum 
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education, Psychology 301. 



EDUCATION 425— The Teaching of Reading. (5-0-5). Each quar 
ter. 

The teaching of reading including approaches, techniques, 
materials, and evaluating growth. Prerequisite: Education 203 and 
Admission to Teacher Education, or permission of the instructor, 



EDUCATION 434— Methods and Curriculum of Elementary 
Science. (5-0-5). Winter and Summer. 

Provides prospective teachers with a better concept of the 
meaning of science, processes for translating this concept into 
classroom practice and a variety of ways for helping children learn 
science, with special emphasis on the kind of inquiry that engages 
them in the processes of discovery. 

EDUCATION 435— Elementary School Curriculum. (5-0-5). Sum 
mer, Fall, Winter. 

The study of existing organizational patterns of the school and 
experiences in curriculum planning, evaluation, trends, and design 
Directed observation. Prerequisite: Edu. 301 and Psy. 301, or per- 
mission of the instructor, and admission to the teacher education 
program. Corequisite: Edu. 436. 

EDUCATION 436— Elementary School Methods. (5-0-5). Summer 
Fall, Winter. 

The study and evaluation of teaching methods, materials, and 
equipment in the various teaching fields. Actual unit development > 
in preparation for student teaching. Prerequisites: Edu. 301 and 
Psy. 301, or permission of the instructor, and admission to the 
teacher education program. Corequisite: Edu. 435. 

146 



EDUCATION 438 — Secondary School Curriculum and Met] 
Business Education. (5-0-5). Fall. 

The study of secondary school business education curriculum 
with emphasis upon materials and methods of teaching business 
education. Directed observation. Prerequisite: Admission to 
Teacher Education and Psy. 301. 

EDUCATION 439-Secondary School Curriculum and Methods, 
English. (5-0-5). Fall. 

The study of secondary school English curriculum with emphasis 
upon materials and methods of teaching English. Directed obser- 
vation. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education and Psy. 301. 

EDUCATION 440 — Secondary School Curriculum and Methods, 
Social Science. (5-0-5). Fall, Spring. 

The study of secondary school social science curriculum with em- 
phasis upon materials and methods of teaching social science. 
Directed observation. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher 
Education and Psy. 301. 

EDUCATION 441 -Secondary School Curriculum and Methods, 
Mathematics. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

The study of secondary school mathematics curriculum with em- 
phasis upon materials and methods of teaching mathematics. Direc- 
ted observations. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education, 
Psychology 301, and 12 hours of 300 or 400 level mathematics cour- 
ses. Corequisite: Mathematics 311, Mathematics 336. 

EDUCATION 443 — Methods and Curriculum in Health and 
Physical Education. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

EDUCATION 444— Secondary School Curriculum and Methods, 
Science. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

The study of secondary school science curriculum with emphasis 
upon materials and methods of teaching science. Directed obser- 
vations. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education, Psychology 
1301, and Education 330. 

EDUCATION 446, 447, 448— Student Teaching. (15 quarter hours). 
Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Students are placed in selected schools for one quarter as full 
time student staff members. No additional credit hours may be 
teamed while student teaching. Classroom teaching experiences and 
other staff responsibilities are jointly supervised by the college 
staff, supervising teachers, and principals in the selected schools. 
Prerequisite: See "Teacher Education" section under "Degree 
ir Programs." 



. 



147 



RELATED PROFESSIONAL COURSES OFFERED 
IN OTHER DEPARTMENTS 

ART 320— Art for the Elementary Teacher. (4-2-5). 

A study of materials and methods for teaching art at the elemen- 
tary school level. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

ENGLISH 331 -Children's Literature. (5-0-5). 

The literary genres usually emphasized in elementary and secon- 
dary schools will be studied. The primary purpose of this course will 
be to consider how literature may both stimulate the child and cater 
to his interest as well. Secondary purposes will be the consideration 
of critical techniques, methodology, and overall usefulness of 
materials studied. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

MATHEMATICS 391-Basic Ideas of Arithmetic. (5-0-5). 
Prerequisite: Mathematics 190 or its equivalent. 

Fundamental concepts of arithmetic as they relate to the 
elementary school; current elementary school methods and 
materials used in arithmetic instruction. 

MATHEMATICS 392 — Basic Ideas of Geometry. (5-0-5). 
Prerequisite: Mathematics 190 or its equivalent. 

Fundamental concepts of geometry as they relate to the elemen- 
tary school; current elementary school methods and materials used 
in geometry instruction. 

MUSIC 320— Music for the Elementary Teacher. (5-0-5). 

An introduction to music skills and materials for the elementary 
classroom teacher. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 320-Health and Physical Education 
for the Elementary Teacher. (5-0-5). 

An introduction to the teaching of health and physical education 
for the elementary teacher. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher 
Education. 

PSYCHOLOGY 301 -Educational Psychology. (5-0-5). 
The application of behavioral science to the problems of learning 
in the classroom. Prerequisite: Psychology 101. 



LIBRARY SCIENCE 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 320— Cataloging and Classification of 
School Library Materials. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

Introduction to the basic principles of cataloging and 
classification of books and audiovisual materials through the use of 
Dewey and Library of Congress classification. The card catalog, 
shelf list, physical procession, and procedure for ordering and using 
printed cards will be studied. 



148 






LIBRARY SCIENCE 410— Materials Selection. (5-0-6). Offend on 

demand. 

Selection and evaluation of books and non-honk materials; em- 
phasis on those which moot curriculum needs and Interest, and 
which represent various levels of difficulty; ways of stimulating 
their use. Attention will be given to selection aids and reading 
guidance. 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 420-School Library Administration and 
Organization. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

Basic organization of books, non-book materials, and services for 
effective use in school libraries. Administering the budget, pur- 
chase of materials, personnel, circulation, inventory, weeding, and 
instruction in the use of library materials will be considered. 
Examination of the improvement of instruction by correlating 
library use with school curricula. 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 310-Reference Materials. (5-0-5). Offered 
on demand. 

Study and evaluation of basic reference sources for effective 
reference service in elementary and secondary schools. Designed to 
give the student a working knowledge of a library as an infor- 
mation and resource center. 

SPEECH CORRECTION 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 205 — Introduction to Exceptional 
Children. (5-0-5). Spring. 

A study of the different kinds of exceptional children with em- 
phasis on etiological factors, educational implications, and 
[rehabilitation requirements. Primary consideration will be given to 
(general discussions of mental retardation, emotional and social 
disturbances, visual and hearing impairments, physical handicaps, 
and speech and language disorders. Observations. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 225 — Phonetics for Speech Correc- 
tionists. (2-6-5). Spring. 

Deals with the use of the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) 
in speech correction. IPA transcription of normal and defective ar- 
ticulation and the important characteristics of regional dialects are 
stressed. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 315— Language Development. (5-0-5). 
Winter. 

The study of normal language development with emphasis on oral 
language. This course traces developmental scales of language 
growth across various age levels and includes the relationship be- 
tween speech and language. Observations. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 320 -Psychology of Speech. (5-0-5). 
Spring. 

149 



Basic principles of psychology as they apply to speech, with em- 
phasis on learning, motivation, emotions, intelligence, personality, 
social relations, and psychological effects of speech disorders. Ob- 
servations. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 330-Anatomy and Physiology of the 
Speech and Hearing Mechanism. (5-0-5). Fall. 

Anatomy and physiology of the head, neck, and thorax from a 
speech and hearing standpoint. Special emphasis is placed on func- 
tional considerations of the respiratory system, larynx, oral and 
nasal structures, and ear. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 335-Speech Science. (3-4-5). Fall. 

Speech communication from a psychophysical standpoint. Study 
focuses on acoustics, physics of speech, transmission media, and 
physical analysis of speech. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 410— Group Processes and Practicum (3- 
4-5). Spring. 

Administration of public school speech correction programs and 
methods of public school speech correction as related to working 
with children in groups. Characteristics of task oriented small 
group behavior and interaction are studied. Supervised clinical 
practice. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 411 -Stuttering. (5-0-5). Fall. 

An introduction to the problem of stuttering, its possible causes 
and the management and training of cases. Observations. 
Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 412-Language Disorders. (5-0-5). Win- 
ter. 

An introduction to language disorders of children and adults. 
Etiologies, evaluation procedures, and therapeutic approaches are 
studied. Observations. Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 413— Organically Based Communication 
Problems. (5-0-5). Winter. 

The course includes a study of the communication problems 
related to disorders of voice, cleft palate, and cerebral palsy. Obser- 
vations. Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 415 -Articulation Disorders. (2-6-5). 
Winter. 

A study of the etiology, rationale, and methods of therapy for 
disorders of articulation. The course includes the development of a 
therapeutic program, lesson plans, and supervised clinical practice. 
Prerequisite: Special Education 325. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 420— Introduction to Audiology. (2-6-5). 
Fall. 

An introduction to the methods of hearing assessment through 
pure tone and speech audiometry, with a focus on rehabilitation of 
the hearing impaired. Supervised clinical practice. 

150 



: ; 



ENGINEERING 

(See listing under Department of Mat In-mat 

DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH, SPEECH, AND 
PHILOSOPHY 

Professor Hugh Pendexter III, Head; Professors Anchors, 
Killorin, Seale, Strozier; Associate Professor Jones; Assistant 
Professors Brooks, Brown, Harris, Jenkins, Ramsey, Suchower, 
Welsh, and White. 

DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE 
MAJOR IN ENGLISH 

A student majoring in English must complete at least 40 hours of 
jpper-division courses (300-400 level) in the major field, of which at 
least 15 hours must be on the 400-level. A major program must in- 
clude at least one of the starred courses in each of the following 
groups: 

I Shakespeare (404*) 

II. English Literature before 1660 (300*, 301*, 302*, 320*, 402, 403) 

III. English Literature after 1660 (303*, 304*, 305*, 306*, 307*, 
311, 312, 316, 322) 

IV. American Literature (308*, 309*, 310*, 313, 315, 322) 

V. a. English Language (324*, 325*, 410*) or 

b. Comparative Literature (314*, 317*, 318*, 332*, 333*, 
or English 322*) or 

c. Speech (for Speech majors) (341*, 345*, 346*) 

i The major shall select one area of specialization from groups II-V 
ind complete at least two additional courses in that area (starred or 
anstarred). English 400, 401, 490, and 491 may, depending on the 
subject, be counted in any area of specialization. 

The major program must also include proficiency in foreign 
language equivalent to courses 101 through 201, and 25 quarter 
lours of courses, approved by the major department, from these 
related fields: literature in a foreign language, history, philosophy, 
; irt, music, speech. Those concentrating in speech should include 
imong their related-field courses, Speech 227 (5 hrs.) and 228 and 
;;wo courses in dramatic literature either in English or in a foreign 
anguage. Students concentrating in Comparative Literature 
ihould take as many of their related field courses as possible in 
breign literature in the original language. 

Unless exempted by examination, each student must complete a 
ourse in United States history. 

151 



Course Offerings 

ENGLISH 

Students will be assigned to freshman English according to 
results of diagnostic tests taken before the beginning of the term. 

ENGLISH 99— Fundamentals of Composition. (3-4-0). Offered 
every quarter. 

This is the study and practice of sentence and paragraph struc- 
ture. Students must learn to write clearly, logically, coherently, and 
correctly. In the 2-hour writing laboratory, they practice com- 
position. 

ENGLISH 121 — Composition and Non-Fiction. (5-0-5). Offered 
every quarter. 

Assignment to this course is based upon placement test results or 
upon successful completion of English 99. The instruction focuses 
upon rhetoric, organization of ideas, and techniques of reading. 

ENGLISH 122 — Composition and Introduction to Prose Fiction. 
(5-0-5). Offered every quarter. Prerequisite: English 121, English 110, 
or English 103. 

ENGLISH 103 — Honors Composition. (5-0-5). Fall. 

Instruction in this course will not follow the traditional lecture 
method only; the students will read widely and write a research 
paper (or papers) in the fashion which the instructor thinks will 
best discipline them for independent study. This course replaces i 
English 121 for selected students. 

ENGLISH 104 — Honors Composition and Introduction tc 
Literature. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: English 103 or a grade of "A" in] 
English 121. Winter. 

In this course the students will read more extensively than foi 
English 122 and will write critical papers. 

ENGLISH 110— English as a Second Language. (5-0-5). Offered or 
demand. 

This course is designed to prepare students whose native 
language is not English to do the normal college composition work 
Students who pass this course are eligible for English 122. Ad- 
mission by permission of the instructor. 

ENGLISH 221— Composition and Introduction to Poetry anc 
Drama. (5-0-5). Offered every quarter. Prerequisite: English 122 oi 
English 104. 

This course is prerequisite to all 300 and 400-level courses ir 
English and Comparative Literature. 

ENGLISH 222 — Literature and The Human Condition. (5-0-5). Of 
fered every quarter. Prerequisite: English 221. 

152 






A course ordered around one or all of these questions: (1) DO 

mature, needs and goal*; (2) his place in nature; (8) his relationship 
to human society. The works read may investigate in depth one 
point of view on these questions or may explore several contrasting 
viewpoints. The student will he asked to order and express, ft! 
tentatively, his own views. No term or research paper required 

ENGLISH 300 — Early English Literature: Beginnings through 
1485. (5-0-5). Offered Fall, 1972-73. 

ENGLISH 301 — Renaissance 1485-1603. (5-0-5). Offered Winter, 
1973-74. 

ENGLISH 302-17th Century: 1603-1660. (5-0-5). Offered Winter. 
1973. 

ENGLISH 303 — Restoration. (5-0-5). Offered Spring, 1972-73. 

ENGLISH 304 -18th Century. (5-0-5). Offered Spring, 1973-74. 

ENGLISH 305- 19th Century I: Romantic. (5-0-5). Offered Fall, 
1973-74. 

ENGLISH 306-19th Century II: Victorian. (5-0-5). Offered Fall, 
1972-73. 

ENGLISH 307-20th Century British. (5-0-5). Offered Winter, 
1973-74. 

ENGLISH 308— American I: Beginnings through Cooper. (3-0-3). 
Offered 1973. 

ENGLISH 309— American II: Emerson through Twain. (5-0-5). Of- 
fered 1972-73. 

ENGLISH 310— American III: Rise of Naturalism to the present. 
(5-0-5). Offered 1973-74. 

ENGLISH 311 — British Novel I: Beginnings through Austen. (3-0- 
K. Offered 1973. 

ENGLISH 312 — British Novel II: Scott through Hardy. (5-0-5). Of- 
fered 1973-74. 

ENGLISH 316 — British Novel III: Conrad through present. (5-0-5). 
Offered 1972-73. 

ENGLISH 313 — American Novel I: Beginnings through James. (5- 
0-5). Offered 1972-73. 

ENGLISH 315— American Novel II: Naturalists to present. (5-0-5). 
Offered 1973-74. 

ENGLISH 320 — British Drama: Beginnings to 1640. (5-0-5). Of- 
fered 1973-74. 

ENGLISH 322 — Modern British, American, and Continental 
Drama: Ibsen to the present. (5-0-5). Offered 1972-73. 

ENGLISH 324 — Introduction to Linguistics. (5-0-5). Offered Fall, 
1973. 

ENGLISH 325 — Advanced Grammar: Generative- 
Transformational Grammar. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: English 324. Win- 
ter. 

153 



ENGLISH 329— Introduction to Literary Research and Writing 
(2-0-2). Offered on Demand. 

A course intended to increase the student's skill in gathering 
research materials and using bibliographies, to improve the style 
and mechanics of his scholarly papers, and to familiarize him withj^ 
literary terminology. Highly recommended for those majors who 
plan to teach or enter graduate school. 

ENGLISH 331 — Children's Literature (does not apply toward 
English major). (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 340— Advanced Composition. (5-0-5). Offered on 
demand. 

The study of expository and report techniques. Prerequisite: 
English 221 or consent of instructor (does not apply toward English 
major). 

ENGLISH 341 — Business and Technical Writing. (5-0-5). Offered 
on demand. 

Business and technical letter and report writing. Prerequisite:: - 
English 221 or consent of instructor. (Does not apply toward' 
English major.) 

ENGLISH 342— Creative Writing. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: English 
222 or consent of instructor. Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 400-Seminar. ((l-5)-0-(l-5)). Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 401 -Seminar. ((l-5)-0-(l-5)). Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 402 — Milton. (5-0-5). Alternate years. Spring. 

ENGLISH 403— Chaucer. (5-0-5). Alternate years. Spring. 

ENGLISH 404— Shakespeare. (5-0-5). Fall. 

ENGLISH 410— History of the English Language. (5-0-5). Offered 
Spring, 1973-74. 

ENGLISH 490-Independent Study. ((l-5)-0-(l-5)). Offered on 
demand. 

ENGLISH 491 -Independent Study. ((l-5)-0-(l-5)). Offered on 
demand. 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 314-Continental Novel. (5-0-5). , 
Offered 1972-73. 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 317-Ancient Epic and Lyric. (5- 
0-5). Offered 1972-73. 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 318-Ancient Drama. (5-0-5). Of- 
fered 1973-74. 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 332-Medieval and Renaissance 
Continental Literature. (5-0-5). Offered 1972-73. 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 333-Modern Continental 
Literature. (5-0-5). Offered 1973-74. 

154 



': 



SPEECH 

I SPEECH 227— Theatre Laboratory. (0-8-1). Offered every quarter. 

Practical experience in theatre. The student will work on the 
Masquers' production of the quarter. Only one hour's credit may be 
'earned per quarter. The maximum total credit allowed in Theatre 
laboratory is five quarter hours. 

SPEECH 228— Fundamentals of Speech. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Cnglish 121. Offered every quarter. Prerequisite: English 121. 
1 Practice and theory of oral communication. Each student makes 
leveral major speeches. The physiology of the speech mechanism is 
fevered, and articulation is studied within the framework of the In- 
ternational Phonetic Alphabet. 

[ SPEECH 341 — Oral Interpretation. (5-0-5). Fall. Prerequisite: 
English 121. 

f A practical course in the oral interpretation of poetry and prose. 
[The techniques of literary analysis are stressed along with the vocal 
techniques needed to communicate an author's mood and meaning. 
[ SPEECH 345 — History of the Theatre. (5-0-5). Winter. 
Prerequisite: English 121. 

j A survey of theatrical art from its beginning to the present day. 
The course emphasizes the development of the physical theatre. 

SPEECH 346 — Play Production. (5-0-5). Spring. Prerequisite: 
English 121. 

A course in the theory and practice of acting and directing, with 
special attention to image-making on stage. Individuals under 
jupervision prepare and execute the production of scenes and short 
olays. 

PHILOSOPHY 

' PHILOSOPHY 201— Introduction to Philosophy. (5-0-5). Fall, 
Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: English 121. 

The fundamentals of philosophy, the meaning and function of 
)hilosophy, the vocabulary and problems of philosophy, and the 
•elation of philosophy to art, science, and religion. Includes a sur- 
vey of the basic issues and major types of philosophy and shows 
;heir sources in experience, history, and representative thinkers. 

PHILOSOPHY 301 — History of Philosophy: Ancient and 
Medieval. (5-0-5). Fall. Prerequisite: English 121. 

An historical introduction to philosophy; tracing the develop- 
ment of European philosophy from the early Greeks through the 
Middle Ages, with emphasis on selected works of major 
philosophers. 

; PHILOSOPHY 302-History of Philosophy: Modern. (5-0-5). Win- 
der. Prerequisite: English 121. 

155 



European philosophy from the Renaissance through Kant, em- 
phasizing selected works of major philosophers. 

PHILOSOPHY 303 — 19th and 20th Century Philosophy. (5-0-5) 
Prerequisite: Philosophy 201, 301, or 302; English 121. Spring. 

A study of the major philosophers in philosophical movements oi 
the 19th and 20th centuries. 

PHILOSOPHY 320— Introduction to Oriental Philosophy. (5-0-5) 
Fall. Prerequisite: English 121. 

J 
JOURNALISM 

JOURNALISM 227— Journalism Laboratory. (0-3-1). Offered or 
demand. 

Practical experience in journalism. Students will work under in 
struction on the college newspaper staff. Only one hour's credit maj 
be earned per quarter. The maximum total credit allowed in Jour 
nalism Laboratory is five quarter hours. Admission by permissior 
of the instructor. 



ENTOMOLOGY 

(See listing under Department of Biology) 



I 



DEPARTMENT OF FINE ARTS 

Professor Harry Persse, Head; Associate Professor Lawson 
Assistant Professor McKinnell; Instructors Ambrose and Owens 

Degree Programs in Music 

The Department of Fine Arts offers the Bachelor of Arts degre* 
with a major in music and the Bachelor of Music Education degree 
The Bachelor of Music Education Degree is given in cooperatioi 
with Savannah State College. The course descriptions indicafc 
which Savannah State College courses may substitute fo 
equivalent courses at Armstrong State College. 

Admission Requirements 

Since the college-level study of music presupposes a considerabl 
background in music, as well as an aptitude for it, an audition i 
required for admission to the program. The audition will be used t< 
determine the student's level of proficiency in his instrument an< 
his potential for success in the program. 

156 



Music Core Courses 

' Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Music 
ind the Bachelor of Music Education degree will complete the 
"ollowing music core courses: 

Quarter Hours 
Elementary Music Theory 111, 112, 113 9 

ntermediate Music Theory 211, 212, 213 

tfusic Ensemble 251, 252, 253, or 254 6 

Vpplied Music 141, 142, 143 6 

241, 242, 243 6 

tfusic History 371, 372, 373 9 

Music Theory 312 3 

TOTAL 48 

Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts Degree 

Quarter Hours 

lusic electives 15 

Applied Music 341, 342, 343 6 

441, 442, 443 6 

foreign Language 101, 102, 103 15 

tat History 290, 291 10 

Academic Electives 25 

'hysical Education 6 

TOTAL 83 

Requirements for the Music Education Degree 

Quarter Hours 

.fusic 221, 222, 223, 224, 225 4 

(four courses) 

rtusic 350, 351 6 

'flusic 352 or 353 3 

dusic 361, 362, 381 7 

Applied Music 331, 332, 333 

431, 432, 433 6 

education 203, 330, 446, 447, 448 25 

English 228 5 

'sychology 301 5 

^ysical Education (including First Aid) 6 

Academic Electives 16 



TOTAL 83 

Unless exempted by examination, a student in either of the two 
legree programs must complete a course in United States history. 

157 



Music Majors are required to: 

1. Enroll for applied music each quarter until the applied music 
requirement has been met (except when student teaching). 

2. Participate in an ensemble of the college each quarter (except 
when student teaching). 

3. Participate in student recitals as directed by the applied music 
instructor. A student must perform in a quarterly recital at least 
once a year. 

Minimum keyboard proficiency is required of all majors. This 
will be demonstrated by the ability to play simple hymns, standard, 
cadences and simple piano pieces. 

Music Education majors will enroll for applied music each quar 
ter with the exception of the quarter in which they are studem 
teaching. A minimum of twelve hours credit will be in the principa 
instrument. A minimum of three quarters will be in the secondary 
instrument. For those whose principal instrument is voice, the 
secondary instrument should be piano, and for piano principals 
voice. 

Music majors pursuing the Bachelor of Arts degree may, by ap 
propriate selection of upper-division courses, arrange concen 
trations in performance, music literature and theory-composition 

Students who select performance as a concentration will worl, 
towards a half recital in the junior year and a full recital in the 
senior year. Composition students will work towards a progran 
featuring public performance of their works in the senior year. 

Course Offerings 

ART 

ART 101 — Basic Design and Drawing. (3-4-5). Alternate years 
An introduction to the principles of design and the means an< 
materials of drawing. 
ART 102 — Basic Design and Drawing. (3-4-5). Alternate years 
A continuation of Art 101. 

ART 103 — Basic Design and Drawing. (3-4-5). Alternate years 
A continuation of Art 102. 

ART 200— Introduction to the Visual Arts. (5-0-5). Fall, Winter 

The study of theories of art and their application in master-work 

of art from all ages, directed toward increasing the understandinj 

and enjoyment of art for the non-art major. Not recommended fo 

students who have credit for Art 291. 

ART 201 — Drawing and Painting. (0-6-3). Alternate years. 
158 



Drawing and painting from various figures, animals, and <>h • 
employing various materials and media. 

ART 202 — Drawing and Painting. (0-6-8). Alternate yet 

A continuation of Art 201. 

ART 203 — Drawing and Painting. (0-6-8). Alternate 

A continuation of Art 202. 

ART 290 — History of Art. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 
I A survey of world art from ancient times through the Baroque. 

ART 291 — History of Art. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

A survey of world art from the end of the seventeenth century to 
the present. Not recommended for students who have credit for Art 
200. 

ART 320 — Art for the Elementary Teacher. (4-2-5). Fall, Winter. 
1 A study of materials and methods for teaching art at the elemen- 
tary school level. 

1 ART 301 — Ceramics. (3-4-5). Offered on demand. 
| An introductory course in the fundamentals of pottery, clay, 
nodeling, glazing and firing methods. 

ART 302 — Ceramics. (2-3-5). Offered on demand. 

A continuation of Art 301 with emphasis on the potter's wheel 
•and the study of glazed materials. 

ART 303— Ceramics. (3-4-5). Offered on demand. 

A continuation of Art 302 with emphasis on the potter's wheel 
and an introduction to elementary ceramic technology. 

Course Offerings 
MUSIC 

MUSIC Ill-Elementary Theory (3-2-3). Fall. 

An introduction to the basic theoretical principles of music in- 
:luding sightsinging, eartraining and keyboard harmony. 

MUSIC 112-Elementary Theory (3-2-3). Winter. 

A continuation of Music 111 with emphasis on part-writing and 
liatonic material. 

MUSIC 113-Elementary Theory (3-2-3). Spring. 

A continuation of Music 112 introducing seventh chords and 
liatonic modulation. 

MUSIC 200 — Introduction to Music Literature (5-0-5). Fall, 
Spring. 

A course designed to help the student understand music by means 
)f analysis of style, forms, and media of musical expression. 

MUSIC 211 -Intermediate Theory (3-2-3). Fall. 
A continuation of Music 113 with emphasis on chromatic har- 
nony. Prerequisite: Music 113. 

159 



I 



MUSIC 212— Intermediate Theory (3-2-3). Winter. 
A continuation of Music 211. 

MUSIC 213— Intermediate Theory (3-2-3). Spring. 

A continuation of Music 212 with emphasis on twentieth century 
techniques. 

MUSIC 221 — Brass Instrument Methods (0-2-1). Alternate years. 

An introduction to the principles of brass instrument perfor- 
mance and pedagogy. Not open to students whose principal in- 
strument is brass. 

MUSIC 222— Woodwind Instrument Methods (0-2-1). Alter 
years. 

An introduction to the principles of woodwind instrument per- 
formance and pedagogy. Not open to students whose principal in- 
strument is woodwind. 

MUSIC 223— String Instrument Methods (0-2-1). Alternate years 

An introduction to the principles of string instrument perfor 
mance and pedagogy. Not open to students whose principal in- 
strument is string. 

MUSIC 224— Percussion Instrument Methods (0-2-1). Altern; 
years. 

An introduction to the principles of percussion instrument per- 
formance and pedagogy. Not open to students whose principal in- 
strument is percussion. 

MUSIC 225— Voice Methods (0-2-1). Alternate years. 

An introduction to the principles of voice production with ap- 
plications in solo and ensemble performance. Not open to students 
whose principal instrument is voice. 

MUSIC 226— Piano Class (0-2-1). Offered on demand. 

A study of keyboard techniques with emphasis on the skills 
needed to fulfill the piano proficiency requirement. 

MUSIC 251 -Concert Band (0-3-1). 

Open to qualified students. 

MUSIC 252-Stage Band (0-3-1). 

Open to qualified students. 

MUSIC 253 -Orchestra (0-3-1). 

Open to qualified students. 

MUSIC 254-Chorus (0-3-1). 

Open to qualified students. 

(A student is limited to six hours of ensemble credit.) 

MUSIC 312— Form and Analysis (3-0-3). Alternate years. 

The study of the principles of form in music and techniques oi 
harmonic analysis. Prerequisite: Music 213. Equivalent substitute 
at Savannah State College: Music 311 

MUSIC 320— Music for the Elementary Teacher (5-0-5). Wintei 
Summer. 

160 






An introduction to music skills and materials for the elementary 
[classroom teacher. Not open to music majors. 

MUSIC 350 — Music in the Lower School (3-0-3). Alternate >. 

A course for music majors emphasizing analysis and evaluation 
[of techniques and materials for teaching music in the lower school. 
Equivalent substitute at Savannah State College: Music 801 

MUSIC 351 — Music in the Middle and Upper School (3-0-3). Alter- 
nate years. 

A course for music majors emphasizing analysis and evaluation 
of techniques and materials for teaching music in the junior and 
senior high schools. Equivalent substitute at Savannah State 
College: Music 308 

MUSIC 352-Band Methods (3-0-3). Offered on demand. 

A course dealing with the organization, maintenance and 
development of school instrumental ensembles. 

MUSIC 353-Choral Methods (3-0-3). Offered on demand. 

A course dealing with the organization and development of 
school choral ensembles. 

MUSIC 361 — Orchestration and Arranging (2-0-2). Offered on 
demand. 

An introduction to the techniques of arranging and scoring for 
vocal and instrumental ensembles. Prerequisite: Music 213. 
Equivalent substitute at Savannah State College: Music 307 

MUSIC 362— Orchestration and Arranging (2-0-2). 

A continuation of Music 361. 

MUSIC 371 — Music History (3-0-3). Alternate years. 

The history of music in Western Civilization from its origins 
through the Baroque. Prerequisite: One year of music theory or per- 
mission of the instructor. 

MUSIC 372— Music History (3-0-3). Alternate years. 

The history of music in Western Civilization in the Classic and 
Romantic periods. Prerequisite: One year of music theory, or per- 
mission of the instructor. 

MUSIC 373— Music History (3-0-3). Alternate years. 

The history of music in Western Civilization in the 20th century. 
Prerequisite: Music 213 or permission of the instructor. 

MUSIC 381 — Conducting (3-0-3). Offered on demand. 

An introduction to the techniques of conducting and inter- 
pretation. Prerequisite or corequisite: Music 361. Equivalent sub- 
stitute at Savannah State College: Music 407 or 408 

MUSIC 411 — Composition (1 to 5 hours). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisites: Music 213, 312 

MUSIC 412— Counterpoint (3-0-3). Offered on demand. 
A study of contrapuntal practices of the Renaissance, Baroque 
and 20th century music. Prerequisite: Music 213. 

161 



MUSIC 420— Principal Instrument Pedagogy (2-0-2). Offered on 
demand. 

An introduction to techniques of instruction of the principal in- 
strument from the elementary through the advanced levels. 
Prerequisite: Junior status or permission of the instructor. 

MUSIC 421 — Principal Instrument Pedagogy (2-0-2). 

A continuation of Music 420. 

MUSIC 422— Opera Literature (3-0-3). Offered on demand. 

A study of operatic masterpieces from the origins of the form to 
the present. Prerequisites: Music 371, 372, 373 or permission of the 
instructor. 

MUSIC 490— Directed Individual Study (1 to 5 hours). 

Applied Music Courses 

To receive credit towards satisfaction of the applied music 
requirement in the music program a student should have met the 
entrance requirements for proficiency in his principal instrument. 
Credit in a secondary instrument may not be used to satisfy this 
requirement. 

In the following system replacing the third digit by a letter (A, B, 
C) indicates credit in a secondary instrument. 

Music 131, 132, 133; 231, 232, 233; 331, 332, 333; 431, 432, 433-Ap- 
plied Music. One twenty-five minute private lesson per week. One 
hour credit per quarter. 

Music 141, 142, 143; 241, 242, 243; 341, 342, 343; 441, 442, 443-Ap- 
plied Music. One fifty minute lesson per week. Two hours credit per 
quarter. 

Applied Music Fees 

Applied music courses consist of one or two twenty-five minute 
private lessons per week. A special fee of $31.00 for one twenty-five 
minute lesson or $62.00 for two lessons is charged quarterly to 
students not admitted to a music degree program and to music 
majors not enrolled for ten or more quarter hours of credit. This fee 
is refundable only when the student has not met his first lesson. 



DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES 

Professor William Easterling, Head; Professor Lubs; Assistant 
Professor Noble; Instructor Staggs. 

162 



FRENCH 
Department Requirements 

..ijor in French 

A student majoring in French must complete at least 40 quarter 

lours of French beyond French 300. This program include 
;essful completion of one quarter's study (15 quarter hours) in 
France with the University System of Georgia Study Abroad 
Program. The Department of Foreign Languages of Armstrong 
State College reserves the right to test a returning student on any 
Dr all material covered during the student's quarter in France. 
'Material covered" includes information a student should have 
acquired in scheduled museum visits or other field trips, geography 
}f France, and any other information which might be included un- 
der the heading of general culture. 

, An additional thirty quarter hours are required in a related area, 
it is recommended that related courses be taken from the following: 



1) Literature in a language other than French. This would include 
English, American, foreign or comparative literature. In the case 
of foreign literature, it is strongly recommended that the courses 
be taken in the original language. 

2) History. It is naturally recommended that the bulk of courses be 
; taken in French and European history. 

3) Foreign language other than French, preferably a non-Romance 
language, plus courses in linguistics, such as English 410. 

Unless exempted by examination, each student must include in 
lis program of studies a course in United States history. 

Course Offerings 

FRENCH 101-102-103-Elementary French. (5-0-5) (5-0-5) (5-0-5). 
Dffered each year. 

1 A course for beginners. The approach is primarily oral, and daily 
practice with tape recordings is required.* 

FRENCH 201— Intermediate French. (5-0-5). Fall. Prerequisite: 
rhree quarters of college French or three years of high school 
French. 

Further reading of texts, and oral and composition practice. 

FRENCH 300— Composition and Conversation. (5-0-5). Winter. 

FRENCH 301— French Literature of the Middle Ages and the 
Renaissance. (5-0-5). Offered alternate years. 

FRENCH 302— French Classical Drama. (5-0-5). Offered alternate 
/ears. Prerequisite: French 201. 

Selected plays of Corneille, Moliere and Racine. 

163 



FRENCH 304— French Literature of the 19th Century. (5-0-5). Of- 
fered alternate years. Prerequisite: French 201. 

A study of Romantic prose, poetry, and drama, with lectures and 
discussions in French. 

FRENCH 305— French Literature of the 19th Century: Realism 
and Naturalism. (5-0-5). Offered alternate years. 

FRENCH 351-352-353— Study Abroad in France (15 hours credit). 

This course is a summer quarter's residence and study in France 
in conjunction with the Study Abroad Program of the University 
System of Georgia. The program is offered in Dijon for a period of 
nine weeks. During this time the student will receive intensive in- 
struction in language and culture and will be expected to engage in- 
co-curricular activities sponsored by the University of Dijon and 
USG. 

FRENCH 401— French Literature of the Twentieth Century. (5-0- 
5). Prerequisite: French 201. 

This course is a study of contemporary prose, poetry, and drama 
with lectures and discussions in French. This course, normally the: 
last course in French that a student would take, includes a serious 
term paper of considerable magnitude to be written in French. 

FRENCH 490-Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Offered on 
demand. 

'Students who own tape machines may check copies of taped lessons out of the 
library. These tapes are recorded at 7-1/2 i.p.s. 



GERMAN 

GERMAN 101-102-103-Elementary German. (5-0-5) (5-0-5) (5-0-5) 
Offered each year. 

Elements of reading and writing; basic vocabulary; simple con-' 
versation; essentials of grammar.* 

GERMAN 201— Intermediate German. (5-0-5). Fall. Prerequisite 
Three quarters of college German or three years of high school Ger 
man. 

Further reading of texts, oral and composition practice. 

GERMAN 300— Composition and Conversation. (5-0-5). Offered or 
demand. Prerequisite: German 201. 

GERMAN 211— Scientific German. (3-0-3). Offered on demand 
Prerequisite: same as 201. 

Readings in scientific and technical material with special atten 
tion to grammatical difficulties encountered in this literature. 

GERMAN 304— 19th Century German Literature. (5-0-5). Offeree 
on demand. 

GERMAN 302— German Literature of the Twentieth Century. (5 
0-5). Offered on demand. Prerequisite: four quarters of college Ger 

164 



plan, or an equivalent language background, to be determined by 

•he instructor. 

I GERMAN 351-352-353 -Study Abroad in Germany. (15 hours 

redit). 

|i This course is a summer quarter's residence and study in Ger- 
many in conjunction with the Study Abroad Program of the 
University System of Georgia. The program is offered in Germany 

or a period of nine weeks. During this time the student will 
keceive intensive instruction in language and culture and will par- 
ticipate in University sponsored activities. 

GERMAN 490-Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Offered on 
demand. 

I Students who own tape machines may check copies of taped lessons out of the 
library. These tapes are recorded at 7-1/2 i.p.s. 

SPANISH 

SPANISH 101-102-103-Elementary Spanish. (5-0-5) (5-0-5) (5-0-5). 
)ffered each year. 

These courses are for the purpose of providing the student with 
|;he elements of Spanish reading, composition and conversation.* 

SPANISH 201— Intermediate Spanish. (5-0-5). Fall. Prerequisite: 
Three quarters of college Spanish or three years of high school 
Spanish. 

Further reading of texts and oral and composition practice. 

SPANISH 300— Composition and Conversation. (5-0-5). Winter. 

SPANISH 351-352-353— Study Abroad in Spain (15 hours credit.) 
'. This course is a summer quarter's residence and study in Spain in 
conjunction with the Study Abroad Program of the University 
3ystem of Georgia. The program is offered in Salamance for a 
>eriod of nine weeks. During this time the students will receive in- 
r ensive instruction in language and culture which will be com- 
plemented by a number of excursions. 

Students who own tape machines may check copies of taped lessons out of the 
ibrary. These tapes are recorded at 7-1/2 i.p.s. 

FRENCH 

(See listing under Department of Foreign Languages) 

GEOGRAPHY 
[See listing under Department of History and Political Science) 

GERMAN 

(See listing under Department of Foreign Languages) 

165 



HEALTH 

(See listing under Department of Allied Health Services 

and Department of Physical Education) 

DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Professor Roger K. Warlick, Head; Professors Beecher, Coyle, 
Haunton, and Wu; Associate Professors Clark, Gross, Lanier,' 
McCarthy, Newman and Duncan; Assistant Professors Boney, 
Comaskey, and Patterson. 

All students are reminded that any who receive degrees from the 
University System of Georgia are required to demonstrate 
proficiency in U. S. and Georgia History and Constitutions. This 
requirement may be met by the successful completion of Political 
Science 113 and History 251 or 252 or may be exempted by 
examination with credit awarded. See "Academic Regulations" and 
"Degree Programs" sections. 

DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR 

IN HISTORY 

Students majoring in history should satisfy the basic college re- 
quirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree during the Freshman 
and Sophomore years. The minimum requirement in addition to 
History 114* and 115* for a major in history is forty quarter hours 
from history courses numbered 300 or above. In selecting courses for 
a major, the student may elect to emphasize the history of the 
United States, or the history of Europe, but he may not present a 
major exclusively in either of these areas. Students are urged to 
register for History 300 in the first quarter of their Junior year or 
in the first quarter after they elect to major in history. 

The major program must also include proficiency in a foreign 
language equivalent to courses 101 through 201, and 25 quarter 
hours of courses, above the sophomore level, from related fields such 
as: History of Art and Music, Economics, Literature, Philosophy, 
Political Science, Sociology, and Antropology. 

Course Offerings 
HISTORY 

HISTORY 114-History of Western Civilization. (5-0-5). Offered 
each quarter. 

A chronological survey of the main currents of political, social 
religious, and intellectual activity in western civilization from th€ 
time of the ancient Mediterranean civilization to 1715. 

166 



HISTORY 115 — History of Western Civilisation 

each quarter. 

A continuation of History 114 to the present 

HISTORY 251— American History to L866. (.5-0-5). Offend i 
quarter. 

A survey of the political, economic, and social history of the 
United States to the end of the Civil War. 

HISTORY 252 — American History Since 1865. (5-0-5). Off 
each quarter. 

A survey of the political, economic, and social history of the 
United States from 1865 to the present. 

HISTORY 300 — Problems in Historiography. (5-0-5). Summer and 
■all. 

A study of the nature and meaning of history, some of the 
problems involved in the writing and study of history, and selected 
interpretations. 

HISTORY 320 — The Civilization of China and the Far East, Part 

I. (5-0-5). Fall. 

The history of East Asia civilization from ancient times through 
the eighteenth century, with emphasis on characteristic political, 
economic, and social developments. 

HISTORY 321 — The Civilization of China and the Far East, Part 

II. (5-0-5). Winter. 

The history of East Asian nations from the nineteenth century to 
the present, with emphasis on political, social, economic, and in- 
tellectual developments. 

HISTORY 322-History of Japan. (5-0-5). Spring. 

A survey of the history of Japan, with major emphasis placed 
upon the development of Japan since 1600. 

HISTORY 323— History of India and South Asia. (5-0-5). Winter. 
A survey of the civilization of South Asia, with principal atten- 
tion given to India and Pakistan since 1600. 

HISTORY 329 — History of Russia to 1917. (5-0-5). Alternate Years. 
A survey of Russian history during the Kievan, Tartar, 
Muscovite, and Imperial eras. 

HISTORY 330— Twentieth Century Russia. (5-0-5). Spring. 

An examination of the forces leading to the downfall of Tsarist 
Russia, the Bolshevik Revolution, and the political, economic, and 
social history of the Soviet era. 

HISTORY 333 -Modern Germany: 1789-1933. (5-0-5). Offered on 
Demand. 

A study of Germany from the pluralism of the Holy Roman Em- 
pire through the German confederation to the unified Reich. Atten- 
tion will be given to political, social, and cultural developments in 
Austria, Prussia, and the "Third Germany." 

167 



HISTORY 340-English History, 1660-1815. (5-0-5). Spring. Alter- 
nate Years. 

An investigation of the Restoration monarchies, the con- 
stitutional revolution of 1688, the rise of ministerial responsibility 
in the early 18th century, the American colonial revolt, and 
England's relationship to the French Revolution. 

HISTORY 341 -English History 1485-1660. (5-0-5). Fall. Alternate 
Years. 

An analysis of political, constitutional, economic, and religious 
issues under the Tudors and early Stuarts, including the English 
Civil War. 

HISTORY 342— Ancient History. (5-0-5). Spring. Alternate Years. 

A study of the early civilizations of the Middle East, the Greek 
city states, the Roman republic and empire, with special emphasis 
on the social, political and cultural contributions of these ancient 
peoples. 

HISTORY 343-Early Middle Ages, A.D. 333 - c.1000. (5-0-5). Fall 
Alternate Years. 

The history of Europe from the fall of the Roman Empire through 
the Carolingian period with special emphasis on the institutional 
developments which led to the emergence of stable kingdoms out of 
the chaos of the barbarian invasions. 

HISTORY 344— The High Middle Ages, c.1000 to c.1300. (5-0-5). 
Winter. Alternate Years. 

The history of Europe from c.1000 to c.1300 with emphasis on the 
struggle between church and state, the Crusade movement, and the 
12th century intellectual renaissance, all of which profoundly in- 
fluenced the development of the various medieval kingdoms. 

HISTORY 345— The Late Middle Ages and Renaissance. (5-0-5). 
Spring. Alternate Years. 

The history of Europe from c.1300 to 1517 with emphasis on the 
political, cultural, and intellectual developments which trans- 
formed medieval and Renaissance society. 

HISTORY 346— Reformation Era. (5-0-5). Winter. Alternate 
Years. 

A study of the controversial era emphasizing its major issues and 
movements, and their development through the Thirty Years War. 1 
Political, social, and economic, as well as religious facets of the 
upheaval will be considered. 

HISTORY 347— The French Revolution and Napoleon. (5-0-5). 
Fall. 

The ideas and events of the Old Regime and the Enlightenment 
in France, with emphasis on the impact of the French Revolution 
and the career of Napoleon upon the major European nations. 

HISTORY 348-The History of Europe from 1815 to 1900. (5-0-5) 
Winter. 

168 



A study of the most important social, political, ami intellectual 

Irections of European history from the Congress of Vienna to the 

?nd of the nineteenth century. 

HISTORY 349 — Absolutism and The Enlightenment (5-0-5), Win- 
ter. Alternate Years. 

The primary focus of this course is the social and intellectual 
listory of western Europe during the seventeenth and eighteenth 
•enturies. 

I HISTORY 350 — Europe in the Twentieth Century. (5-0-5). Spring. 

A study of the major developments in Europe since 1900, with em- 
phasis upon the origins and impact of the First and Second World 
(Vars. 

' HISTORY 353 or SOCIOLOGY 353 -Perspectives on Black Ex- 
perience in the United States. (5-0-5). Offered on Demand. 

Study of historic and current trends in selected frames of 
Reference of experiences encountered by black people in the United 
States, emphasizing social movements and social change, urban and 
institutional processes, social values and personality formation. 

HISTORY 354 — Social and Intellectual History of the United 
States since 1865. (5-0-5). Spring. Prerequisite: History 252. 
' An examination of political theory, social development, and the 
)rincipal trends of American thought since 1865. 

HISTORY 355 — Studies in American Diplomacy. (5-0-5). Summer 
ind Winter. Prerequisite: History 252. 

Studies of American objectives and policies in foreign affairs 
rom colonial times to the present. 

HISTORY 356— American Constitutional History. (5-0-5). Fall. 

A study of the origins, content, and expansion of the Con- 
stitution of the United States. 

HISTORY 357-The Old South. (5-0-5). Fall. Alternate Years. 

The colonial South through secession; development and operation 
>f the plantation system; emergence of the ante-bellum social and 
>olitical patterns of the region. 

HISTORY 358 — The New South. (5-0-5). Spring. Alternate Years. 

Emphasis is placed upon the social, economic, and political read- 
ustments of the late nineteenth century, and the impact of in- 
dustrialism and liberalism in the twentieth century. 

HISTORY 367-American Urban History. (5-0-5). 

A study of the process of urbanization in America from colonial 
imes to the present, with attention to the causes of urban expan- 
sion, institutional development, class structure and mobility, 
oroblems of the city, reform, the image of the city in popular 
nought, and the impact of urbanization on national life. 

HISTORY 371 — Colonial & Revolutionary America. (5-0-5). 
Spring. 

169 



A study of the discoveries of the New World and the settlement 
and growth of the English colonies of North America, the American 
triumph over France in the New World, the drastic change in 
British colonial policy and the rise of American opposition to it, the 
achievement of independence and the establishment of the United 
States under the Constitution. 

HISTORY 373— The Middle Period of American History. (5-0-5). 
Winter. 

The political, economic, and cultural development of the Republic 
from 1820 to the decade of the 1850's, with particular attention to 
Jacksonian Democracy, slavery and abolitionism, and the impact of 
westward expansion. 

HISTORY 375— Civil War and Reconstruction. (5-0-5). Winter. 

The causes and significance of the American Civil War, with 
minor consideration of the military campaign; political, economic 
and social aspects of Reconstruction. 

HISTORY 376 — Foundations of Modern America. (5-0-5). Spring. 
Alternate Years. 

An analysis of institutions and forces which molded American 
life in the late 19th and early 20th centuries, including politics, 
economics, society, and thought. 

HISTORY 378— Recent American History. (5-0-5). Fall. Alternate 
Years. 

The course covers twentieth century American History, with em- 
phasis on political, economic, and social issues. 

HISTORY 400— Seminar in American History. (5-0-5). Permission 
of instructor required for admission. 

Designed to permit a group of advanced students to pursue inten 
sive research on a special topic in the field to be defined by the in 
structor. 

HISTORY 410— Seminar in European History. (5-0-5). Permissioi 
of instructor required for admission. 

A detailed analysis of a specific problem in European history b; 
examination of primary materials. 



HISTORY 490/491/492 -Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Offeree 
each quarter. Admission by approval of instructor and the Head o 
the department. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue individua 
research and reading in some field of history under the supervisio: 
of a member of the staff. Emphasis will be on wide reading, con- 
ferences with the adviser, and written reports and essays. Normal! 
open only to seniors with a B average in history and in their overa 
work. 



170 






GEOGRAPHY 

GEOGRAPHY Ill-World Human Geography. (5-0-5). Fall. 
A survey of world human geography, emphasizing population 
characteristics, topographic features, distribution of economl 

tivities and geo-political problems within the major geographical 
regions. Consideration of adequacy of resources to support ex- 
panding world populations. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 

All students are reminded that any who receive degrees from the 
(university system of Georgia are required to demonstrate 
proficiency in U.S. and Ga. History and Constitutions. This 
requirement may be met by the successful completion of Political 
Science 113 and History 251 or 252 or may be exempted by 
examination with credit awarded. See "Academic Regulations" and 
'Degree Programs" sections. 

DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR IN 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Political Science majors must complete a minimum of forty quar- 
ters hours of upper-division courses (300-400 level) in the major 
ifield. The major program must include at least one course from 
each of the following groups: 

I. American Political Institutions (300, 304, 305, 317) 

II. Comparative Government (348, 349) 

p. International Relations (320, 325, 326, 329) 
IV. Political Theory (331, 332, 333) 

The student must complete a reasonable distribution of courses 
,from the four areas listed above. 

The major program must also include proficiency in a foreign 
language equivalent to courses 101 through 201 (French or German 
is recommended for those contemplating graduate work), and 25 
quarter hours of courses from these related fields: economics, 
psychology, history, geography, philosophy, sociology, and 
mathematics. 

Course Offerings 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 113 — Government of the United States. (5- 
)-5). Offered each quarter. 

A study of the structure, theory, and functions of the national 
government in the United States and some of the major problems of 
:he state and local government. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 200— Introduction to Political Science. (5- 
K). Fall. 

171 



This course deals with the area of political science as a discipline, 
and serves as an introduction to the systematic study of modern 
government. Attention is given to the role of politics in society; the 
nature and origins of the state; the nature and development of 
political institutions; the basis of political action; and the theories, 
forms, and processes of government. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 300-Political Behavior. (5-0-5). Fall. Pre- 
requisites: Political Science 113 or equivalent. 

This course emphasizes the economic, psychological, and social 
aspects of political behavior. It examines the concepts of power, 
roles, groups, elites, decision-making, political communications, 
and systems analysis. Consideration is also given to the basic 
theories, variables, and hypotheses used in empirical research in 
political science. Designed primarily for those students intending 
to go to graduate school. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 304— Public Administration. (5-0-5). Win- 
ter. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or equivalent. 

This is a one-quarter course that is primarily concerned with 
organizational theory and bureaucratic behavior, whether public or 
organizational theory and bureaucratic behavior, whether public or 
private, but with an emphasis on the behavior of the bureaucracy of 
the national government. This course will also be concerned with 
the political process as it unfolds in the administration of laws 
enacted by the Congress. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 305-State and Local Government. (5-0-5). 
Spring. Prerequisite: Political Science 113, or equivalent. 

This course is concerned primarily with the political process and 
the behavior of political actors at the local and state levels of gov- 
ernment, primarily with the political process and the behavior of 
political actors at the local and state levels of government, 
primarily in the United States. It is concerned with the techniques 
and research results of the relevant empirical literature that has 
evolved over the past 15 years in the field; i.e., local community 
studies of Floyd Hunter, Robert A. Dahl, and others. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 317— Constitutional Law. (5-0-5). Spring. 
Prerequisite: Political Science 113, or equivalent. 

A study of the development of the United States government 
through judicial interpretation of the Constitution. The case study 
method of analysis is used, but some attention is given also to 
recent behavioral writing on judicial decision-making. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 320— International Relations: The Far 
East. (5-0-5). Spring. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 325— International Organization. (5-0-5). 
Spring. Prerequisite: Political Science 113, or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

172 



A survey of the development, principles, structure ami function, 
of international organizations, with emphasis upon the roll 
these institutions in the maintenance of peace. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 326— International Law. (5-0-6). Spring. 

An introduction to selected public international law topics in- 
cluding: recognition, state succession, jurisdiction, extradition, 
nationality, the law of treaties, the law of diplomacy, and the law of 
war. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 329-International Relations. (5-0-6). 
Winter. 

An introduction to the theories, forces, and practices dominating 
contemporary international relations. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 331 — Political Theory. (5-0-5). Fall. 

An historical study of the development of ideas relative to the 
state and government from Socrates and Plato to the Seventeenth 
Century. Attention is directed primarily to the political thought of 
a selected group of eminent philosophers. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 332-Political Theory, 17th to 20th Cen- 
turies. (5-0-5). Winter. Prerequisite: POS 331 or permission of in- 
structor. 

A continuation of POS 331. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 333 — Contemporary Political Ideologies. 
(5-0-5). Spring. Prerequisite: POS 332 or permission of instructor. 

A general survey and analysis of the important ideological 
currents of our time with selected in-depth readings from original 
sources. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 348 — Comparative Government: Western 
Europe. (5-0-5). Fall. Prerequisite: Political Science 113, or 
aquivalent. 

! An analytical and comparative study of the major Western 
European governments, with principal emphasis upon the analysis 
Df the conditions which led to effective and stable parliamentary 
government, and those which lead to the inefficiency, instability 
ind breakdown of such systems. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 349 — Comparative Government: Soviet 
Union. (5-0-5). Winter. Prerequisite: Political Science 113, or 
equivalent. 

A continuation of Political Science 308, with emphasis on the 
political system of the U.S.S.R. and the Soviet bloc of nations in 
Eastern Europe. 

! POLITICAL SCIENCE 400-Senior Seminar. (5-0-5). Offered each 
quarter. Admission will be subject to approval of the instructor. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue research and 
-eading in some field of political science under the supervision of 
-he staff. 

173 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 490/491/492 -Independent Study (l-5)-0-(l- 
5). Offered each quarter. Admission by approval of instructor and 
the Head of the department. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue individual 
research and reading in some field of history under the supervision 
of a member of the staff. Emphasis will be on wide reading, con- 
ferences with the adviser and written reports and essays. Normally 
open only to seniors with a B average in Political Science and in 
their overall work. 

JOURNALISM 

(See listing under Department of English, Speech, and Philosophy) 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 

Associate Professor Regina Yoast, Director; 

Assistant Professors Ball, Brown, DeLegal 

(See listing under Department of Education) 

DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS 

Associate Professor Richard M. Summerville, Head; Associate 
Professors Hinkel and Hudson; Assistant Professors Semmes, Han- 
sen, Findeis, Sheffield, Hightower, Munson, and Shipley. 

The department offers two programs of study— one leading to the 
Bachelor of Science degree with a major in mathematics, and the 
other leading to the Bachelor of Science in Education degree with a 
major in mathematics. The latter degree program is specifically 
designed to prepare teachers of secondary mathematics, and leads 
automatically to the Georgia Teacher's Professional Four-Year Cer-' 
tificate (T-4). Students wishing to earn both the Bachelor of Science 
degree and the T-4 certificate may do so by satisfying all 
requirements for both the B.S. and the B.S. Ed. degrees. 

Candidates for either degree should consult with the department 
head before their first quarter in residence for advisement and 
planning of their academic programs. 

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: 
Bachelor of Science with a Major in Mathematics 

Quarter Hours 
A. General Education 7C 

1. English 121, 122, 221 15 

2. One of the four courses: Art 200, English 222, 
Music 200, Philosophy 201 5 

174 



3. One of the three sequences: Biology L01-102, 
Chemistry 128-129, Physics 217-218 LO 

4. History 114*. 115*, and cither 251* or 252' L5 

5. Political Science 113*, and one of the four cour 
Psychology 101, Anthropology 201, 

Sociology 201, Economics 201 in 

6. One foreign language sequence [5 

7. Physical Education 103, 117. 

and three activity courses 6 

\. Mathematics Major 50-60 

1. Mathematics 101**, 102**, 104, 

201, 202, 203 20-30 

2. Mathematics 301, 311, 312, 316 12 

3. Two of the four courses: 

Mathematics 302, 303, 341, 342 6 

4. Approved 300-400 level 

mathematics electives 12 

!. Related Field Requirement 15 

In addition to his other requirements, the student must com- 
plete fifteen quarter hours of approved courses in one field of 
study related to his major. Each course taken to satisfy this 
requirement must be approved by the Mathematics Department 
prior to the student's enrollment. 

». Approved Electives 40-50 

TOTAL 191 

These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See Academic 
vegulations" and "Degree Programs" sections. 
•Required unless exempted by examination. 

bachelor of Science in Education with a Major in Mathematics 

Quarter Hours 
i. General Education 81 

1. English 121, 122, 221 15 

2. Two of the four courses: 

Art 200, English 222, Music 200, Philosophy 201 10 

3. Two of the three sequences: Biology 101-102, 
Chemistry 128-129, Physics 217-218 20 

4. History 114*, 115*, and either 251* or 252* 15 

5. Psychology 101 and Political Science 113* 10 

6. Speech 228 5 

7. Physical Education 103, 117, and 

three activity courses 6 



175 



B. Mathematics Major 50-60 

1. Mathematics 101**, 102**, 104, 
201, 202, 203 20-30 

2. Mathematics 301, 311, 316, 321, 336 15 

3. Two of the four courses: 
Mathematics 302, 312, 322, 337 6 

4. Approved 300-400 level mathematics electives 9 

C. Professional Sequence 35 

1. Psychology 301 5 

2. Education 203, 330, 441, 446, 447, 448 30 

D. Approved Electives 15-25] 

TOTAL 19j 

*These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academi* 
Regulations" and "Degree Programs" sections. 
**Required unless exempted by examination. 

Course Offerings* 
MATHEMATICS 

MATHEMATICS 99-Basic Mathematics. (5-0-0). Fall, Winter 
Spring, Summer. Prerequisites: None. 

Pre-college work designed to remove deficiencies in mathemati \ 
cal background. 

MATHEMATICS 101-Pre-Calculus Mathematics I. (5-0-5). Fall 
Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Students must take til 

Mathematics Diagnostic Test prior to enrolling. Dates on which th 
test is administered are given in the academic calendar in the fron 
of the catalogue. 

Sets; real numbers; equations and inequalities; functions an 
graphs; polynomial, exponential, and logarithmic functions. 

MATHEMATICS 102-Pre-Calculus Mathematics II. (5-0-5). Fal 
Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101 or pei 
mission of the department head. 

Trigonometric functions; analytic trigonometry; systems 
equations and inequalities; determinants; complex number: 
sequences; introduction to analytic geometry. 

MATHEMATICS 104— Analytic Geometry and Calculus I. (5-0-5 
Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: Mathematics 102 or permissio 
of the department head. 

*Courses having a number whose middle digit is "9" are not open to mathemati 
majors. 



176 



I Analytic geometry; functions; limits; continuity; the derivative 

tnd its applications. 

MATHEMATICS 190 — Introduction to Mathematics. (5-0-5). Fall. 
Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Students must take the 

[Mathematics Diagnostic Test prior to enrolling. Dates on which the 
test is administered are given in the academic calendar in the front 
pf the catalogue. 

Fundamentals of college algebra and coordinate geometry; in- 
troduction to basic counting techniques and elementary probability 
heory. 

MATHEMATICS 195 — Elementary Applied Mathematics. (5-0-5). 
Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 190 or its 
Equivalent. (Not open to students who have successfully completed 
|VIathematics 104 or its equivalent.) 

A survey of elementary analytic, linear, and finite mathematics 
is they relate to commerce, business, and life situations. 
! MATHEMATICS 201 -Analytic Geometry and Calculus II. (5-0-5). 
rail, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: Mathematics 104. 

The Riemann integral and its applications; differential and in- 
:egral calculus of exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric func- 
tions; techniques of integration. 

MATHEMATICS 202— Analytic Geometry and Calculus III. (5-0- 
>). Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: Mathematics 201. 

Polar coordinates; conic sections; vectors in the plane; parametric 
equations; indeterminate forms; improper integrals. 

MATHEMATICS 203— Analytic Geometry and Calculus IV. (5-0- 
i>). Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: Mathematics 202. 

Three-dimensional vectors; solid analytic geometry; differential 
Calculus of several variables; multiple integration; infinite series. 

1 MATHEMATICS 220 — Elementary Statistics. (5-0-5). Fall, Win- 
:er, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 190 or its 
equivalent. 

Measures of central tendency and dispersion; probability 
distributions; inferences concerning means, standard deviations, 
ind proportions; analysis of variance; correlation; regression. 

MATHEMATICS 250— Introductory Computer Programming. (3- 
4-5). Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 190 
3r its equivalent. 

A mixed language approach (including CPS and FORTRAN) to 
the programming of digital computers. Development of fundamen- 
tal algorithms and iterative techniques, and their applications to 
the solution of numerical problems. 

MATHEMATICS 290— Topics in Mathematics. (5-0-5). Fall, Win- 
ter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 190 or its 
equivalent. 

177 



A terminal course of selected topics designed to portray th< 
history, philosophy, and aesthetics of mathematics and to develoj 
an appreciation of the role of mathematics in western thought anc 
contemporary culture. 

MATHEMATICS 301, 302, 303-Fundamentals of Moderr 
Analysis I, II, III. (3-0-3) each. 301-Spring, 302-Fall, 303-Winter. Pre 
requisite: Mathematics 203. 

Rigorous construction of the real number system; functions of i 
real variable; Riemann-Darboux integration; the Stieltjes integral 
sequences and series of numbers and functions; uniform con 
vergence; Euclidean n-space; functions from E m to E n ; the invert 
and implicit function theorems; Riemann integration in highe 
dimensions. 

MATHEMATICS 311, 312, 313-Abstract Algebra I, II, III. (3-0-? 
each. 311-Fall, 312-Winter, 313-Spring. Prerequisite: Mathematic 
203. 

Classical topics in the elementary theory of groups, rings, am 
fields. 

MATHEMATICS 316, 317-Linear Algebra I, II. (3-0-3) each. 31A 
Fall, 317 is not offered during the 1972-73 academic year. Pre 
requisite for Mathematics 316: Mathematics 202. Prerequisite fo 
Mathematics 317: Mathematics 312 and Mathematics 316. 

Linear systems; vector spaces and linear transformation* 
matrices; determinants; normed linear spaces and inner produc 
spaces. 

MATHEMATICS 321, 322- Probability and Statistics I, II. (3-04 
each. 321-Spring, 322 is not offered during the 1972-73 academi 
year. Prerequisite for Mathematics 321: Mathematics 20! 
Prerequisite for Mathematics 322: Mathematics 203 an 
Mathematics 321. 

Probability spaces; random variables; algebra of expectation; rar 
dom sampling; the law of large numbers; correlation an 
regression. 

MATHEMATICS 336, 337 -Modern Geometry I, II. (3-0-3) eac 1 
336-Fall, 337-Winter. Prerequisite for Mathematics 33*j 
Mathematics 202. Prerequisite for Mathematics 337: Mathemati< 
203 and Mathematics 336. 

A survey of selected topics from Euclidean, spherical, projectiv 
and finite geometry. 

MATHEMATICS 341, 342, 343— Analysis and Applications I, I 
III. (3-0-3) each. 341-Winter, 342-Spring, 343-Fall. Prerequisit 
Mathematics 203 and Mathematics 316. 

Applied advanced calculus; vector analysis; ordinary differenti 
equations; boundary value problems and methods of mathematic. 
physics. 

178 



■ MATHEMATICS 350— Special Topics In Computer Scien< 
:;0-l0)-(l-5). Offered by special arrangement Prerequisite I 

)f the instructor and permission of the department head. 

Individual study in the field of computer science under the direc- 
tion of a member of the mathematics faculty. 

f MATHEMATICS 353, 364— Numerical Analysis I, II each. 

Summer, 1972. Prerequisite: Mathematics 203, Mathematics 260, and 
Mathematics 316. 

| Numerical methods with functional approximations; numerical 
Integration and numerical solution, of differential equations; 
pumerical methods in linear algebra, matrix inversion, and 
estimation of characteristic roots. 

MATHEMATICS 360 — Mathematical Logic. (3-0-3). Summer, 1973. 
^Prerequisite: Mathematics 202. 

The elementary predicate calculus; quantification; formal 
Systems. 

MATHEMATICS 391 -Basic Ideas of Arithmetic. (5-0-5). Fall, 
Spring. Prerequisite: Mathematics 190 or its equivalent. 

Fundamental concepts of arithmetic as they relate to the elemen- 
tary school; current elementary school methods and materials used 
in arithmetic instruction. 

MATHEMATICS 392-Basic Ideas of Geometry. (5-0-5). Offered 
on demand. Prerequisite: Mathematics 190 or its equivalent. 

Fundamental concepts of geometry as they relate to the elemen- 
tary school; current elementary methods and materials used in 
geometry instruction. 

MATHEMATICS 400-Special Topics. ((l-5)-0-(l-5)). Offered by 
special arrangement. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor and 
permission of the department head. 

Individual readings and research under the direction of a mem- 
ber of the mathematics faculty. 

MATHEMATICS 406, 407— Functions of a Complex Variable I, II. 
<3-0-3) each. Summer, 1973. Prerequisite: Mathematics 301 or 
Mathematics 341. 

Complex numbers; elementary functions and transformations; 
the Cauchy theory; conformal mapping; Riemann's mapping 
theorem. 

MATHEMATICS 416, 417-Theory of Numbers I, II. (3-0-3) each. 
Not offered during the 1972-73 academic year. Prerequisite: 
Mathematics 311. 

Divisibility and congruence; quadratic reciprocity; Diophantine 
equations; number-theoretic functions and their applications; selec- 
ted advanced topics from algebraic and analytic number theory. 

179 



MATHEMATICS 436, 437-Topology I, II. (3-0-3) each. 436-Winter 
437-Spring. Prerequisite: Mathematics 301 and Mathematics 311. 

Topological spaces and homeomorphisms; separability; compact- 
ness; connectedness; completeness; metrizability; introduction tc 
homotopy theory. 

MATHEMATICS 470— History of Mathematics. (3-0-3). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisite: Twelve quarter hours of 300-400 level courses 
in mathematics (excluding Mathematics 391 and Mathematics 392). 

A survey of the development of mathematics from its empirical 
beginnings to its present state. 

ENGINEERING 

ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 113-Graphics I. (0-6-2). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisite: Entrance requirements. 

Lettering; use of instruments; geometric construction; or- 
thographic projection; concepts of descriptive geometry as applied 
to the solution of problems involving orthographic projection oi 
solids. 

ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 114-Graphics II. (0-6-2). Offered or 
demand. Prerequisite: Engineering Graphics 113. 

Solution of problems involving points, lines, and planes by use oi 
the revolution method; intersection of surfaces; warped surfaces 
the development of surfaces. 

ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 115-Graphics III. (0-6-2). Offered od 
demand. Prerequisite: Engineering Graphics 114. 

Sections and conventions; dimensioning; pictorial represen- 
tation; detailed sketches; shop processes; assembly drawings frorr 
detailed sketches; working pictorial sketches; introduction to chart! 
and graphs; reproduction processes; ink tracing on cloth; graphica 
calculus. 



180 



TYPICAL B.S. DEGREE PROGRAM IN MATHEMATICS 

FALL QUARTKR WINTER QUARTER SPRING QUARTER 



KSHMAN 
YEAR 



PHOMORE 
YEAR 



Junior 

YEAR 



5ENIOR 
YEAR 



Mathematics 101 5 
English 121 5 

History 114* 5 

P.E. 1*03 _J_ 

16 



Mathematics 201 
Lab. Science I 
Foreign Lang. I 
P.E. 2_ _ 



Mathematics 311 3 
Mathematics 316 3 

Rel. Fid. Elec 5 

Humanities Elec. 5 
"16 

Math Elec.** 3 

Math Elec.** 3 

Elective 5 

Elective 5 

16 



Mathematics L02 
English 122 
History ll.V 
P.E. 117 



Mathematics 202 
Lab. Science II 
Foreign Lang. II 
P.E. 2_ _ 

Mathematics 312 
Math Elec.** 
Rel. Fid. Elec. 
Social Sci. Elec. 



Math Elec. 
Math Elec. 
Elective 
Elective . 



Ifathematlei i"t 

6 English 221 

5 Pol. Sci. 118 - 

J2 P.E. 1_ _ _J_ 

17 

6 Mathematics 20."{ 6 
5 Mathematics 260 

5 Foreign Lang. Ill 5 
J_ ~lb 

16 



3 
3 
5 
5 

3 
3 
5 
5 
16 



Mathematir 
Math Elec.** 
Rel. Fid. Eire 
History 251/252* 

Math Elec.** 
Math Elec.** 
Elective 
Elective 



TYPICAL B.S. Ed. DEGREE PROGRAM IN MATHEMATICS 

FALL QUARTER WINTER QUARTER SPRING QUARTER 



fcESHMAN 
JYEAR 



IPHOMORE 
I YEAR 



JUNIOR 
' YEAR 



SENIOR 
YEAR 



Mathematics 101 . . 5 

English 121 5 

History 114* 5 

P.E. 103 1 

16 

Mathematics 201 5 

Lab. Science I .... 5 

Psychology 101 ... 5 

P.E. 2__ 1 



16 

Mathematics 316 3 
Mathematics 321 3 

Speech 228 5 

Humanities Elec. 5 
16 

Mathematics 311 3 

Math Elec.*** 3 

History 251/252* ... 5 

Elective 5 

~T6" 



Mathematics 102 5 

English 122 5 

History 115* 5 

P.E. 117 __2_ 

17 

Mathematics 202 5 
Lab. Science II . . . . 5 

Education 203 5 

P.E. 2__ _J_ 

16 



Mathematics 104 5 
English 221 5 

Pol. Sci. 113* 5 



Mathematics 203 5 
Mathematics 250 5 
Humanities Elec. 5 
P.E. 2_ _ _J_ 

16 



Math Elec.*** 
Math Elec.*** 
2nd Lab. Sci. I 
Psychology 301 



3 
3 
5 
5 

lh 



Math Elec.*** 3 

Math Elec.*** 3 

Elective 5 

Education 441 5 

16 



Mathematics 301 
Mathematics 336 
2nd Lab. Sci. II 
Education 330 

Education 446 
Education 447 
Education 448 



'These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academic 

Regulations" and "Degree Programs" sections. 

'*Two of these courses must be selected from among Mathematics 302, Mathematics 

503, Mathematics 341, and Mathematics 342. 

:'**Two of these courses must be selected from among Mathematics 302, Mathematics 

312, Mathematics 322, Mathematics 337. 

181 



MENTAL HEALTH WORK 
(See listing under Department of Psychology and Sociology) 

MUSIC 
(See listing under Department of Fine Arts) 

NURSING 
(See listing under Department of Allied Health Services) 

NUTRITION 
(See listing under Department of Allied Health Services) 



PHILOSOPHY 
(See listing under Department of English, Speech, and Philosophy) 



DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Professor Roy J. Sims, Head; Assistant Professors Tapp, Alexan- 
der, Bedwell, and Kinder; Instructor, Sanders. 



During the freshman year, all students should take Physical 
Education 117 — Basic Health and 103 — Elementary Swimming. 
During the sophomore year, students may elect any three Physical 
Education activity courses with the last two numbers being be- 
tween 01 to 09. Students unable to participate in the regular 
program should plan an alternate program with the Head of the 
Department of Physical Education. For other department 
regulations see "Physical Education Program" under "Academic 
Regulations." 

Physical Education majors are urged to complete their Core 
Curriculum requirements before entering their junior year. 

DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BACHELOR OF 
SCIENCE IN EDUCATION DEGREE WITH A MAJOR IK 
HEALTH, PHYSICAL AND RECREATION EDUCATION 

Quarter Hours 

A. Core Curriculum requirements 8# 

B. One of the three courses (Required of men): 3 

P.E. 212 — Coaching Football 3 

P.E. 213 — Coaching Basketball 3 

182 



P.E. 214 — Coaching Baseball and Track 8 

The following course (Required of women): 
P.E. 217 — Coaching and Teaching Field Hockey 
and Soccer 'A 

Each of the following 12 

P.E. 211 — Safety and First Aid 2 

P.E. 215 — Theory and Techniques of Coaching 8 

P.E. 216 — History and Principles of Health, 
Physical and Recreation Education 5 

*P.E. 305 — Corrective Physical Education 3 

P.E. 313 — Kinesiology 3 

P.E. 314 — Skill Techniques 2 

P.E. 315— Skill Techniques 2 

*P.E. 316 — Intramural and Recreational Activities or 
*P.E. 317 — Community Play, Recreation, and 

Camp Counseling 5 

P.E. 410 — Philosophy of Physical Education 2 

P.E. 412— Measurements and Evaluations in 

Health, Physical and Recreation Education 5 

P.E. 413— Special Topics in Physical Education 5 

P.E. 414— Organization and Administration of 
Physical Education 5 

Twelve quarter hours of activity courses with 
the last two numbers being between 01 to 
09. Four of the following must be included 
in the twelve: Physical Education 103 or equi- 
valent, 106, 205, and 203 or 207 12 

Approved Electives 17 

Must include History 251 or 252 unless 
exempted by examination with credit awarded. 

Education 35 

Education 203, 330, 443, 446, 447, 448 30 

Psychology 301 5 

TOTAL 194 

*These courses are offered only at Savannah State College. 



Course Offerings 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 101-Conditioning Course (0-2-1). Fall. 

Consists of calisthenics, stunts, tumbling, lifts and carries, road 
work, dual combatives, and simple games. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 102-Team Sports (0-2-1). Winter. 

Consists of two of the following sports: basketball, volleyball, 
Softball. 

183 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 103— Elementary Swimming. (0-2-1). 
Fall, Winter, Spring. (Physical Education 202 or 203 may be sub- 
stituted for Physical Education 103). 

Beginning swimming strokes and skills. Required of all students. 
Exemptions: Any student who holds a valid senior life saving cer- 
tificate and/or a valid water safety instructor certificate and/or 
passes the Armstrong swimming test may be exempted from the 
required swimming course. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 104-Bowling. (0-2-1). Fall, Winter, 
Spring. 
Basic skills in bowling. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 105-Badminton. (0-2-1). Fall, Winter, 
Spring. 
Basic skills in badminton. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 106-Tumbling and Gymnastics. (0-2-, 
1). Fall. 

Fundamentals and practice in elementary tumbling, side horse, 
parallel bars and trampoline. Required of Physical Education 
majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 107-Trampoline (0-2-1). Winter. 

The teaching of the proper care and use of the trampoline. Under 
strict supervision, the student learns to perform the following 
skills: seat drop, knee drop, front drop, back drop, pull over, cradle 
turntable, swivel hips, spotting and somersaults. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 115-Officiating of Football. (2-2-2) 
Fall. 

Consists of a study of rules, rules interpretation, and actual ex- 
perience in officiating in class games, intramural games, approved 
community recreation games, and public school games. Elective 
credit. Students must have permission of the department head or 
course instructor to enroll. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 116-Officiating of Basketball. (2-2-2) 
Winter. 

Consists of a study of rules, rules interpretation, and actual ex 
perience in officiating in class games, intramural games, approved 
community recreation games, and public school games. Elective 
credit. Students must have permission of the department head oi 
course instructor to enroll. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 117-Basic Health. (2-0-2). Fall, Winter 
Spring. 

A basic course in health education with emphasis on persona 
health. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 200-Handball and Paddleball. (0-2-1) 
Winter. 
Basic instruction in handball and paddleball activities. 

184 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 201 -Elementary Tennis, (o-imi. Fall, 

Winter, Spring. 

Instruction in class organization and methods of teaching skill in 
tennis. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 202— Senior Life Saving ('ours.- in 
Swimming. (0-2-1). Spring. 

The American Red Cross Senior Life Saving Course. (May be sub- 
stituted for Physical Education 103). 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 203— Water Safety Instructor's Course. 
1-2-1). Spring. (May be substituted for Physical Education 108). 
Prerequisite: Physical Education 202 or American Red Cross Senior 
Life Saving. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 205-Folk, Square, Social Dancing (0- 
2-1). Winter. 

Instruction and practice in all forms of folk, square, and social 
dancing with emphasis on teaching techniques. Required of 
Physical Education majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 206-Beginning Modern Dance. (0-2-1). 
Winter. 

Basic Interpretative Dancing. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 207-Swimming Methods and 
rechniques. (0-2-1). Winter, Spring. 

i Methods and techniques of teaching beginning swimming skill. 
Required of majors not completing the Water Safety Instructor's 
bourse. Prerequisite: Physical Education 103 or equivalent. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 208-Golf. (0-2-1). Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Basic techniques and instruction for the beginning golfer. 
, PHYSICAL EDUCATION 209-Intermediate Modern Dance. (0-2- 
1). Spring. 

. A continuation of Physical Education 206 with emphasis on 
dynamics, composition, and choreography. Prerequisite: Physical 
Education 206. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 211-Safety and First Aid. (3-0-2). Fall, 
Winter, Spring. 

The American Red Cross Standard and Advanced course in First 
Aid. Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 212-Coaching Football. (3-0-3). Fall. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills and team play, 
emphasizing methods and drills used by leading coaches. One of the 
coaching courses is required of male majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 213-Coaching Basketball. (3-0-3). Win- 
ter. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills and team play, 
emphasizing methods and drills used by leading coaches. One of the 
coaching courses is required of male majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 214— Coaching Baseball and Track. (3- 
3-3). Spring. 

185 



Instruction and practice in fundamental skills and team play, 
emphasizing methods and drills used by leading coaches. One of the j 
coaching courses is required of male majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 215-Theory and Techniques of 6 
Coaching. (3-0-3). Winter. 

A comprehensive study of theories of organization and ad- 
ministration of athletics. Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 216 — History and Principles of Health,* 
Physical and Recreation Education. (5-0-5). Winter, Spring. 

Historical and scientific background of the practices in health 11 
and physical education. Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 217-Coaching and Teaching Fieldi° 
Hockey and Soccer. (3-0-3). Winter. 

Instruction and practice in soccer, field hockey, and softbalL r 
Required of women majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 218-Personal and Community 
Hygiene. (5-0-5). Spring. 

Principles of health with emphasis upon home, community, 
mental and personal health. Must be taken by the major in place of 
Physical Education 117. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 313-Kinesiology. (3-0-3). Spring. 
The mechanics of muscles in action. Prerequisite: Zoology 208. 
Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 314— Skill Techniques. (2-0-2). Fall 
Winter, Spring. 

Practice in teaching methods and techniques in activities sucl 
as: Gymnastics, Trampoline, Badminton, Conditioning. Pre 
requisite: P.E. 312. Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 315— Skill Techniques. (2-0-2). Fall 
Winter, Spring. 

Practice in teaching methods and techniques in activities sucl 
as: Tennis, Golf, Aquatics. Prerequisite: P.E. 312. Required o 
majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 320 — Health and Physical Educatioi 
for the Elementary School Teacher. (3-2-5). Winter, Summer. 

Theory and current practice in the teaching of health an( * 
physical education at the elementary school level. Designed to mee 
the requirement for elementary certification. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 410— Philosophy of Physical Educatioi 
(2-0-2). Fall. 

Interpretation of physical education as a basic part of the livinj \ 
process. Prerequisite: P.E. 216. Required of majors. 

186 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 412 Measurement* and Evaluations 

n Health, Physical and Recreation Education. (5-0-5). Fall. 
Lectures, laboratory and field experience in the development, 

?valuation and application of tests in health and physical 
education. Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 413-Special Topics in Physical 
Education. (5-0-5). Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Research methods in health and physical education. Allows 
students an opportunity for in-depth pursuit into areas of their in- 
terests. Open to majors only. Prerequisite: P.E. 312. Required of 
majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 414-Organization and Administration 
}f Physical Education (5-0-5). Spring. 

Practice and policies in establishing, administering, and 
3valuating physical education programs. Such experience as 
"urriculum planning, budgeting, intramural programs, physical 
olant planning, and selection, care and maintenance of equipment 
m included in this course. Open to majors only. Prerequisite: P.E. 
312. Required of majors. 



PHYSICAL SCIENCE 
(See listing under Department of Chemistry and Physics) 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 
(See listing under Department of History and Political Science) 



DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY 

Professor C. Stewart Worthington, Head; Assistant Professors 
Burns, Douglas, Griffiths, Johnson, Lane, Palefsky, Ralston and 
Satterfield; Instructors Bryant, Buie, Burch, Crawford, Denham, 
Galliher, and Hirshberg. 

Students are advised to complete as many of the general degree 
requirements as possible before entering their junior year. 
Psychology majors should take Psychology 101-102 before the end of 
their sophomore year. Social Work majors should take S.W. 101 and 
Sociology 201 before the end of their sophomore year. Suggested 
course distributions and annual schedules are available in 
the departmental office. All students are urged to seek advisement 
from their program directors with regard to degree requirements 
and scheduling. 

187 



Associate in Science in Mental Health Work 

I. Major Field Requirements (35 hours) 
All of the following: 

Mental Health Work 101, 102, 201, 202, 
203, 204, and 205 

II. Related Fields (35 hours) 

A. Psychology 101, 303, 405, 406 

B. Sociology 201 

C. Social Work 303, 320 

III. Core Curriculum Requirements (38 hours) 

A. English 121, 122 

B. Biology 101, 102 

C. History 251 or 252* 

D. Mathematics 190 

E. Political Science 113* 

F. Physical Education - 3 credits 



*These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academi 
Regulations" and "Degree Programs" sections. 



Bachelor of Arts in Psychology* 

I. Major Field Requirements (50 hours) 

A. All of the following: Psychology 102, 308, 312, 
410, 411, 412 

B. Two of the following: Psychology 307, 309, 319 

C. Two of the following: Psychology 303, 305, 311 

II. Related Fields (15 hours) 

A. An approved scientific or technical sequence (10 hours) 

B. Mathematics 220 (Statistics) 

III. Approved Electives (15 to 30 hours) 

Candidates for this degree should be familiar with general degree requirements i 
listed in the "Degree Programs" section. 



Bachelor of Arts in Social Work* 

I. Major Field Requirements (45 hours) 

A. All of the following: Social Work 250, 303, 320, 
404, 451, 452 

B. Three of the following: Social Work 307 or 309, 
406, 490, Sociology 350 

II. Related Fields (30 hours) 

A. Psychology 101, 305, Mental Health Work 102 

188 



B. Two of the following: Anthropology 201, Economic* 201, 
Psychology 303, Sociology 805, 360 

C. One of the following Political Science 800, 804, 
III. Electives (25 hours) 

■Candidates for this degree should be familiar with general degree requiremi • 
listed in the "Degree Programs" section. 



Bachelor of Arts in Psychology 
With Mental Health Work Specialization* 

I. Psychology Courses (45 hours) 

A. Psychology 102— Advanced General 
Psychology 308— Learning & Motivation 
Psychology 312— Measurement 
Psychology 405— Behavior Disorders 
Psychology 406— Behavior Modification 
Psychology 410— History & Systems 
Psychology 411 (or 412)— Senior Seminar 

B. Two of the following: 
Psychology 307— Perception 
Psychology 309— Physiological Psychology 
Psychology 319— Animal Behavior 

II. Mental Health Courses (35 hours)** 

Mental Health 101— Mental Health Problems 
Mental Health 102— Behavior Assessment 
Mental Health 201— Behavior Change 
Mental Health 202— Clinical Agencies 
Mental Health 203, 204, 205— Practicum 

III. Related Fields Requirements (15 hours) 

Mathematics 220 (Statistics) 
Approved Science Sequence 

IV. Electives (15 to 30 hours) 

**Sociology 201— Introductory Sociology 
**Soc. Work 303 — Social Work Methods 
**Soc. Work 320 — Minority Groups 
Sociology 350— Social Problems 
Anthropology 201— Introductory Anthropology 
Anthropology 300— Paleoanthropology 



'Candidates for this degree should be familiar with general degree requirements as 

listed in the "Degree Programs" section. 

**These courses are required in the Associate degree program. 

189 



Course Offerings 
ANTHROPOLOGY 

ANTHROPOLOGY 201— Man and His Culture. (5-0-5). Offered on 
demand. 

An introduction to the study of man as a cultural animal, the 
development of human societies from preliterate beginnings, the 
rise of complex social organizations with an outline study of the 
major cultures developed by man. 

ANTHROPOLOGY 300— Paleoanthropology. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Anthropology 201. Offered on demand. 

A survey of the data that illuminates the evolution of man. The 
major prehuman and human species, their ecology and cultures will 
be discussed. 

MENTAL HEALTH WORK 

MENTAL HEALTH WORK 101-Introduction to Mental Heall 
Problems. (5-0-5). 

Survey of mental health facilities and institutions. Survey o: 
history of mental health movement. Description of service} 
provided, clients served, and administrative structure with em! 
phasis on mental health agencies in Georgia. 

MENTAL HEALTH WORK 102-Foundations of Behavio:- 
Assessment. (5-0-5). 

Objective observation is emphasized, accurate recording o 
behavioral observations; collection and use of interview data; in 
troduction to case study methods; use of references in assessment 

MENTAL HEALTH WORK 201-Foundations of Behaviora 
Change. (5-0-5). 

Survey of theories of personality and behavior changin: 
techniques arising from them. Emphasis on learning theory and en 
vironmental influences. Introduction to research methodology. 

MENTAL HEALTH WORK 202-General Principles in Clinica 
Agencies. (5-0-5). 

Introduction to problems in establishing client-therapis 
relationships, interview techniques; introduction to problems c 
social, vocational and educational rehabilitation of ex-patients 

MENTAL HEALTH WORK 203, 204, 205-Practicum. (5 quarte 
hours each). 

The student will work four hours per day, 5 days per week in 
community agency for a period of nine months under the direc 
supervision of a professional employed by the agency and under th 
supervision of the director of the mental health program at th 
college. Students will meet bi-weekly on the campus for a semina 
in which they will discuss among themselves and with the prograi 
director their experiences in the various agencies. 

190 



PSYCHOLOGY 

PSYCHOLOGY/BIOLOGY 100— Human Sexual Relationships. c\- 
0-3). 

A scientifically oriented discussion of the anatomy, physiology 
and psychology of human sexuality. Pacta pertinent to population 
problems and venereal diseases will be included. Emphasis will be 
on individual responsibility through knowledge. Credit for either 
Biology or Psychology. 

PSYCHOLOGY 101-General Psychology. (5-0-5). Offered each 
quarter. 

An introduction to the vocabulary, concepts, and methods of the 
science of behavior. Discussion and demonstrations assist in sur- 
veying all the areas of psychology. Psychology 101 is prerequisite to 
all other courses in the department. 

PSYCHOLOGY 102-Advanced General Psychology. (4-2-5). 
Prerequisite: Psychology 101. Spring and Fall. 

An introduction to scientific methodology and its application to 
behavior analysis. Various techniques of data collection and the 
statistical analysis of such data are emphasized. 

PSYCHOLOGY 301 — Educational Psychology. (5-0-5). Prerequi- 
site: Psychology 101. Fall and Winter. 

The application of behavioral science to the problem of learning 
tin the classroom. Primarily for teacher preparation. 

PSYCHOLOGY 303— Social Psychology. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Psychology 101. Fall. 

The study of the behavior of others as determinants of the 
,behavior of the individual. The cultural milieu and group pressures 
^will be examined in terms of their effects on behavior. 

PSYCHOLOGY 305— Developmental Psychology. (5-0-5). 
|Prerequisite: Psychology 101. Winter and Spring. 

A study of the origin and development of psychological processes. 
The effects of maturational, learning and social variables on 
ihuman behavior are examined. 

PSYCHOLOGY 307-Perception. (4-2-5). Prerequisite: Psychology 
101. Fall. 

An experimental-theoretical approach to the nature of percep- 
tion. Special attention is given to the psychophysical methods. 

PSYCHOLOGY 308— Learning and Motivation. (4-2-5). 
Prerequisite: Psychology 101. Winter. 

An examination of the methodology and theory associated with 
the various forms of learning and their motivational concomitants. 

PSYCHOLOGY 309 — Physiological Psychology. (4-2-5). Prerequi- 
site: Psychology 101 and Biology 101, 102. Spring. 

Introduction to the biological bases of behavior. The structure 
and function of the nervous system are studied and related to the 
behavior of humans and other organisms. 

191 



•; 



PSYCHOLOGY 311— Theories of Personality. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Psychology 101. Spring. 

A study of selected personality theories with emphasis on normal 
behavior. Attention will be given to both experimental and clinical 
data. The determinants of personality structure and the develop- 
ment of personality will be examined from divergent points of 
view. 

PSYCHOLOGY 312 — Learning and Motivation. (4-2-5). Prerequi- 
site: Psychology 101, 102 or consent of the professor. Winter. 

An examination of the methodology and theory associated with 
the various forms of learning and their motivational concomitants. 

PSYCHOLOGY 319— Animal Behavior. (4-2-5). Prerequisite: 
Psychology 101. Winter. 

A study of the adaptations and behaviors with which living 
organisms cope effectively with their environment. The laboratory J 
will provide experience in animal care, training, and experimen- 
tation. 

PSYCHOLOGY 320-Industrial Psychology. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Psychology 101. Spring. 

The applications of psychology to the problems of industry. 
Primarily for business majors. 

PSYCHOLOGY 405— Behavior Disorders. (5-0-5). Prerequisite 
Psychology 101. Winter. 

A study of deviant behavior, types of behavior disorders, and 
methods of behavior modification. Application of principles 
derived from basic research will be emphasized. 

PSYCHOLOGY 406— Behavior Modification. (5-0-5). Prerequisite 
Psychology 101. Spring. 

A study of proven methods of generating behavioral change, theii 
empirical foundations, and their applications in clinical 
educational and social settings. 

PSYCHOLOGY 410— History of Psychology. (5-0-5). Open only tc 
psychology majors or by invitation of the professor. Fall. 

A study of the basic ideas in psychology from early animism td 
modern behavioristics. Special attention is given to the philosophi 
cal basis at various times in the history of psychology. 

PSYCHOLOGY 411— Senior Seminar. (5-0-5). Open only to senio 
psychology majors or by invitation of the professor. Winter. 

A reading and discussion group which will concentrate on selec '■■'. 
ted contemporary issues in psychology. Specific content will var 
from year to year. 

PSYCHOLOGY 412— Senior Seminar. (5-0-5). Open only to senio I 
psychology majors or by invitation of the professor. Spring. 

A reading and discussion group which will concentrate on selec 'c 
ted contemporary issues in psychology. Specific content will var 
from year to year. 



192 



PSYCHOLOGY 450- In dependent Study. (1-5MM1-5). Open only 
*y invitation of the professor. Offered on demand. 



SOCIAL WORK 

SOCIAL WORK 101— Introduction to Social Work. (5-0-5). Offered 
each quarter. 

A study of the origins and evolution of the American Social 
Welfare system, with emphasis on themes and patterns leading the 
oresent system. 

SOCIAL WORK 303-Methods in Social Work. (4-2-5). 
Prerequisite: Social Work 101 or Sociology 201. Spring and Fall. 

An examination of methodology in casework, group work, and 
•ommunity organization, with emphasis on interviewing and inter- 
personal communications. 

SOCIAL WORK 307— Community Social Systems. (4-2-5). 
Prerequisite: Sociology 201 and Social Work 250. 

A socio-political study of behavior in leadership or decision 
naking positions as it affects social and human needs. Examines 
public education, social welfare agencies and health care agencies. 

SOCIAL WORK 309— Group Process. (5-0-5). Prerequisites: 
Sociology 201 and Social Work 303. Exceptions made with approval 
Df professor. 

i A course which utilizes the group experience documented by tape 
recorder, video tape and subjective perceptual comparison. It is 
designed to analyze behavior patterns, roles and interactions which 
Dccur within a group. 

SOCIAL WORK 320— Minority Groups. (5-0-5). Prerequisites: 
Social Work 101 or Sociology 201. 

This course deals with the present and factual situation of 
minority groups in America. It will cover problems, causes, agen- 
cies, advocates, goals, and alternatives available to minority 
groups. Emphasis is on the American Negro with proportionate at- 
tention given to the American Indian, Puerto Rican, Mexican 
American and other sizeable minorities. 

SOCIAL WORK 404— Social Work and Law. (5-0-5). Prerequisites: 
Social Work 101 and Sociology 201. Exceptions made by approval of 
professor. 

This course will familiarize the student with those aspects of the 
aw which most directly affect the life of the client. Emphasis will 
3e placed on civil rights, constitutional law, tenant-landlord, 
bankruptcy, family law, divorce, adoption and child support. Local 
attorneys will lecture and lead discussion periodically. 

SOCIAL WORK 406-Child Welfare. (4-2-5). Prerequisite: Social 
Work 250 and 303. 

193 



* 



A study of child development and behavior with emphasis on 
methods of assisting a child with social, economic and emotional 
needs. 

SOCIAL WORK 450— Community Service Learning Experience. 
(5 hours credit). Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Sociology 201 
and/or Social Work 250 and approval of instructor. 

This is a supervised community experience which would precede 
the more in-depth experience which comes in the field experience 
practicum. It is designed to permit a student otherwise qualified to 
be employed and earn 5 hours credit. The student must undergo a 
behaviorally oriented workshop and must meet with faculty and 
field instructor periodically through the work experience. He must 
present a paper and successfully complete an oral examination 
before receiving credit for the course. 

SOCIAL WORK 451 -Field Experience I (5 hours credit). 

An experience for the student in applying his academic skills and 
knowledge for the purpose of delivering human service and in- 
creasing his knowledge and ability. Each student is placed in the 
community under professional supervision. He will work primarily 
through social and health agencies which meet human needs. For 
Senior Social Work students only. 

SOCIAL WORK 452— Field Experience II (5 hours credit). 

A continuation of Social Work 451. Each student will spend 8-10 
clock hours per week in the field including on the job supervisory 
conferences. In addition there will be group supervision two hours 
weekly on the Armstrong campus. For Senior Social Work students 
only. 

SOCIAL WORK 490-Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). 

Research and experiential based study of a selected social work 
topic. Invitation of professor. 

SOCIAL WORK 491 -Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). 

Research and experiential based study in social work topic of 
student interest or specialty. Invitation of professor. 

SOCIOLOGY 

SOCIOLOGY 201— Introductory Sociology. (5-0-5). Offered each! 
quarter. 

An introduction to the concept and methods of the science of 
human group behavior. Includes the study of socialization, the role 
of the individual in society, and the major institutions and 
processes. 

SOCIOLOGY 305— Criminology. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: Sociology 
201. Fall and Winter. 

A survey of the nature of crime, criminal statistics, and theories 
of criminal causation and control. An examination of crime as a 

194 



social problem, the criminal, and theories of punishment, treatment 
and prevention. 

SOCIOLOGY 350— Social Problems. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Sociology 201. Winter and Spring. 

An examination of behavioral deviancy and social disorganiza- 
tion in the context of sociological theory. 

SOCIOLOGY 360 — Urban Sociology. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Sociology 201. Spring. 

A sociological examination of human ecology, norms, social con- 
trol, and social processes, (and their changing patterns) as they are 
seen in urban social life in both a historical and contemporary per- 
spective. 

SOCIOLOGY 353 or HISTORY 353-Perspectives on Black Ex- 
perience in the United States. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

Study of historic and current trends in selected frames of 
reference of experiences encountered by black people in the United 
States, emphasizing social movements and social change, urban and 
institutional processes, social values and personality formation. 

SOCIAL WORK 
(See listing under Department of Psychology and Sociology) 

SPANISH 

(See listing under Department of Foreign Languages) 

SPECIAL EDUCATION (Speech Correction) 
(See listing under Department of Education) 

SPEECH 

(See listing under Department of English, Speech, and Philosophy) 

ZOOLOGY 
(See listing under Department of Biology) 



195 



INDEX < 

Academic Advisement 61,76,88 

Academic Regulations 61 

Academic Skills Laboratory 28 

Accelerated Program, High School 37 

Accounting Major Requirements 126 

Administration, Officers 11 

Admissions 31 

Advanced Placement 33 j 

Allied Health Services Dept 112 1 

Alumni Office 79 ] 

Anthropology Course 190 l 

Application Forms 31 ] 

Application Requirements 32 ] 

Art Courses 158 I 

Associate in Arts 108 i 

Athletics 80 | 

Attendance Regulations 65 | 

Auditing 68 [ 

Bachelor of Arts Requirements 86 [ 

Bachelor of Business Administration 101 j 

Bachelor of Music Education Degree 105 [ 

Bachelor of Science in Education Degree, I 

Mathematics and Physical Education 105 ; 

Bachelor of Science Requirements 86 i 

Biology Courses 122 ; 

Biology Department 121 ; 

Biology Requirements 121 ; 

Botany Courses 123 : 

Business Administration Courses 127 : 

Business Education, Program for Teachers 93 . i 

Business Education Courses 131 ; 

Calendar, Academic 6 : 

Chemistry Courses 135 ; 

Chemistry Degree Requirements 135 ; 

Chemistry and Physics Department 135 ; 

Clubs 77 : 

Commerce-Secretarial Programs 103 : 

Commission, Armstrong State College 2A ] 

Community Services, Office 27» 

Comparative Literature Courses 154 j 

Computer Services, Office of 28 

Conduct 77 

Continuing Education Students 36 

Core Curriculum, University System 81 

Counselling Services 76 

196 



Course Load 63 

Course Offerings, Index 111 
Criminal Justice, A.S. and B.S. degree* 106,140 

Criminal Justice Courses 142 

Criminal Justice Department 140 

Dean's List 65 

Degree Requirements, Regulations 61 

Degrees Offered 109 

Dental Hygiene, A.S. Degree 45,106,117 

Dental Hygiene Courses 118 

Dental Hygiene Education, B.S. Degree 106,120 

Dental Hygiene Services 79 

Diagnostic Tests, English and Mathematics 86 

Dropping Courses 67 

Economics Courses 132 

Economics Major Requirements 126 

Education Courses 145 

Education Degree Requirements 87 

Education Department 145 

Engineering Courses 180 

English Courses 152 

English Degree Requirements 151 

English-Speech Department 151 

Entomology Courses 124 

Evening Classes 28 

Faculty 13 

Fees 49 

Finance-Major Requirements 127 

Financial Aid 53 

iFine Arts Department 156 

Foreign Languages Department 162 

Foreign Students 38 

French Courses 163 

French Degree Requirements 163 

Geography Course 171 

German Courses 164 

Graduate Programs 26,48,75 

Heads of Departments 11 

-Health 79 

Health Course 119 

History of College 25 

History Courses 166 

'History Degree Requirements 166 

History and Political Science Department 166 

Honor System 68 

Honors 65 

Housing 79 

197 



Institutional Research, Office of 28 

Intramurals 80 

Joint Enrollment Program 37 

Journalism Course 156 

Late Registration Fee 49 

Library 29 

Library Science Courses 148 

Management Major Requirements 126 

Mathematics Major Requirements 174 

Mathematics Courses 176 

Mathematics Department 174 

Medical Technology 104 

Mental Health Work, Associate Degree 107 

Mental Health Work, Courses 190 

Music Courses 159 

Music Degree Requirements 156 

NROTC Program 29 

Nursing, A.A. Degree 42,105,112 

Nursing, B.S. in Health Care Administration Degree .... 106,114 

Nursing Courses 113 

Nursing Degree Requirements 113,115 

Nutrition Course 114,119 

Organizations 77 

Orientation 40,76 

Out of State Tuition 49 

Philosophy Courses 155 

Physical Education Courses 183 

Physical Education, Degree Requirements 182 

Physical Education Department 182 

Physical Education Requirements, All Students 65 

Physical Science Courses 138? 

Physics Courses 139* 

Placement, Office of 77 

Political Science Courses 171 

Political Science Degree Requirements 171 

Pre-Professional Programs 27 

Probation and Dismissal 66 

Psychology Courses 191 

Psychology Degree Requirements 18£ 

Psychology and Sociology Department 187 

Publications 7S 

Purpose of College 2£ 

Quarter On-Trial 34 

Readmission of Former Students 36 

Refunds 51 

Regents 1( 

Regents, Staff 1( 

198 



Registration 10 

Repeating Courses 87 

Reports and Grades 64 

Residency Requirements in 

Rising Junior Testing Program 68 

Scholarships 56 

Short Courses, Fees 50 

Social Work Degree 106,188 

Social Work Courses 193 

Sociology Courses 194 

Spanish Courses 165 

Special Education (Speech Correction) Courses 149 

Speech Correction, Program in 90 

Speech Courses 155 

Staff, Administrative 11 

State Requirements, History and Government 86 

Student Activity Fee 49 

Student Conduct 77 

Student Exchange Program 29 

Student Government 78 

Student Services and Activities 76 

Student Teaching 89 

Teacher Education, Programs in 90 

Teacher Education, Requirements 87 

fwo-year Degrees 27 

rransfer Applicants, Requirements 34 

rransient Students 36 

Veterans 39 

Vocational Rehabilitation 39 

Withdrawal 67 

Zoology Courses 124 



199 



S& & 




~Jp?- 



3gngi ariBnft^aft 



A BERCORN 



STRE E T 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE CAMPUS 



1. ADMINISTRATION BUILDING 


5. 


SOLMS HALL 


President 




Chemistry Dept. 


Dean of the College 




Dental Hygiene Dept. 


Dean of Student Affairs 




Nursing Dept. 


Dean for Community Services 


6. 


JENKINS HALL 


Associate Dean, Graduate Studies 




Fine Arts Dept. 


Comptroller 


7. 


STUDENT SERVICE 


Registrar 




Bookstore 


Public Information 




Infirmary 


Institutional Research 




Snackbar 


2. VICTOR HALL 




Mail 


Education Dept. 


8. 


MEMORIAL STUDENT CENTER 


History & Political Science Dept. 




Cafeteria 


Psychology & Sociology Dept. 




Director of Student Activities 


3. GAMBLE HALL 




Student Government 


Business Dept. 




Student Lounge 


English & Speech Dept. 




Academic Skills Laboratory 


Foreign Language Dept. 


9. 


LANE LIBRARY- 


Criminal Justice Dept. 


10. 


MAINTENANCE BUILDING 


4. SCIENCE HALL 


11. 


GYMNASIUM & POOL 


Biology Dept. 




Athletic Director 


Math Dept. 




P.E. Dept. 


Physics Dept. 


12. 


STUDENT PARKING AREA 



J 

! 



■ 






■flffif 






■ 



Jffl